SYS19: BASE2 JOB: Name: P-959 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: …before removal of the plug, circuit...

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0959-5 Name: P-959 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:04:18 PM Operator: JB COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100

STIBOINFO((CRH:66008com:P:959))

959

PDFINFO C H I N T R O P

Plugs &ReceptaclesSection P

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0960-12 Name: P-960 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:04:20 PM Operator: RB COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


960

PDFINFO C H 0 0 0 P - 0

US: 1-866-764-5454 CAN: 1-800-265-0502 Copyright© 2006 Cooper Crouse-Hinds

P Plugs and ReceptaclesConsiderations for Selection

The Plugs and Receptacles Section of theCooper Crouse-Hinds Product Catalogcontains complete technical information onthe Cooper Crouse-Hinds line of theseproducts.In addition to product listings and features,the section contains information oninterchangeability of plugs and receptacles,the different grounding methodsincorporated in the construction of the units,and separate sections devoted to receptaclesinterlocked with switches and/or circuitbreakers.The product lines featured are Arktite,® andARK-trol plugs and receptacles and Cable-GardTM cord and cable reels.

Arktite SeriesMetallic and non-metallic Arktite series unitsare available for use in hazardous and non-hazardous areas for general purpose, heavy-duty applications in power circuits. All unitsthrough 200 ampere rating offer circuitbreaking capability under load; some unitsare offered with interlocking mechanism withswitch and/or circuit breaker, where deadfront receptacles are desired, 400 ampereunits are for service disconnect use only andare not for current interrupting.An interchangeability table on page 961graphically shows interchangeability betweenproducts in the complete line of pin andsleeve type plugs and receptacles. Fullelectrical rating details are shown in theinterchangeability charts at the beginning ofeach section in the Plugs and ReceptaclesSection of this catalog.

ARK-trol SeriesUnits are available for use in hazardous andnon-hazardous areas for special purposeapplication in power and/or control circuitswhere environmental factors are important ora wide range of contacts, sizes andconfigurations is required.

Cable-Gard SeriesElectric cord and cable reels are usedextensively in modern factories for‘‘managing’’ all loose extension cables toensure safety, increase efficiency, and extendcable and portable equipment life.Electric reels automatically transmit electriccurrent (power or control) from a stationaryposition to a moving consumer of current.

Considerations forSelectionThe considerations in the selection of plugsand receptacles are the electrical ratingsdesired and the physical location of the units.This information, together with the productfeatures, construction details, and customerbenefits, is shown on the individual pages inselecting the proper plugs and receptacles,other factors in addition to the electricalratings and the physical aspects regardinglocation of the application (e.g., hazardousareas) should be considered. Principally,these factors are: interchangeability of plugand receptacle, interlocking and grounding.

GroundingCooper Crouse-Hinds utilizes two methodsfor completing the grounding circuit in plugsand receptacles.Style 1:A Style 1 plug is one in which the groundingconductor in the flexible cable is bonded tothe plug sleeve by a pressure connector. AStyle 1 receptacle is one which is groundedby virtue of the fact that it is an integral part ofa grounded conduit system. On insertion, theplug sleeve makes contact with detentsprings of the grounded receptacle housingbefore line and load poles engage, and onwithdrawal, remains in contact until after lineand load poles disengage. Therefore,exposed metal parts of the portableequipment or plug are suitably grounded.Style 2:A Style 2 plug is one in which the groundingconductor in the flexible cable is bonded tothe extra (grounding) pole and sleeve by apressure connector. A Style 2 receptacle isone in which the extra (grounding) pole iselectrically connected to the equipmentgrounding conductor and the receptaclehousing which itself is grounded by virtue ofthe fact that it is an integral part of agrounded conduit system. In a Style 2receptacle, the grounding connection ismade before line and load poles engage, andis broken after line and load poles disengage.Furthermore, upon insertion, the plug sleeveof metal shelled units makes contact withdetent springs of the grounded receptaclehousing before line and load poles engage,and on withdrawal, remains in contact untilafter line and load poles disengage.Therefore, exposed metal parts of theportable equipment or plug are suitablygrounded.This method is used on plugs andreceptacles for hazardous areas, onconfigured Arktite and on all Arktite productsmade of Krydon® material.

It meets the National Electrical Code/Canadian Electrical Code requirements forthis equipment. The Arktite line offers achoice of both methods; other plugs andreceptacles are offered in one of the twostyles (details are given on the individualpages). Details on construction and diagramsof both methods are found in Section 1P,pages 966 and 967.

Interlocked UnitsWhere added safety is desired and for unitsof higher ratings, Sections 3P and 4P detailreceptacles with interlocked switches and/orcircuit breakers. The ability to break the loadbefore removal of the plug, circuit protectionand disconnect capability are the primebenefits to be derived from equipment shownin those sections.

Interchangebility BetweenCooper Crouse-Hinds ProductFamiliesA unique capability exists throughout muchof the Cooper Crouse-Hinds plug andreceptacle line that enables a variety ofreceptacles to be used with the same plug—provided the electrical rating and style of plugand receptacle are the same (seeInterchangeability Table on next page).Where a common wiring system is in use, it ispossible to use the same standard plug witha number of different receptacle assemblieslocated in different areas where eachreceptacle is selected to meet the physical orenvironmental requirement of the specificarea. For example, a process industry facilitycould include Class I, Groups C and D areasand Class II, Group G areas as well asnonhazardous areas. A portable devicesuitable for use in the hazardous areas couldbe equipped with an APJ Arktite plug or NPJArktite plug made of Krydon® material and beused in all areas of the plant. The receptacleinstallation could include AR or NR units inthe nonhazardous areas; DR receptacles orDBR interlocked receptacles in the Class II,Groups F and G areas and FSQ or EPCinterlocked receptacles in the Class I, GroupsC and D areas—all of which will accept thesame APJ or NPJ plug.CPH Plugs can also be used with anyreceptacle which accepts a standard APJ orNPJ Arktite plug of the same ampere rating,style, and number of poles. This featurepermits the use of a portable device, suitablefor hazardous locations, in all areas of aplant, but prevents the use of an ‘‘ordinarylocations’’ device in the hazardous areas.The following table is a summary of possiblecombinations. Full details describing thepossibilities for interchanging plugs andreceptacles are given in this section of theCooper Crouse-Hinds Product Catalog.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



961



PPlugs and ReceptaclesInterchangeability Table

Cooper Crouse-Hinds Pin and Sleeve Design Plugs†

Cat.Pg. APJ AP BHP BP FP CPH CPP DP NPJ SP

Cooper Crouse-HindsHeavy DutyReceptaclesand Connectors†

Delayed Action for Hazardous AreasCPS 1002 �

CES/CESD 1011 �

Non-Interlocked For Non-Hazardous AreasAPR 966 � � � � �

AR 966 � � � � �

CPR 1006 �

NR 983 � � � �

NPR 983 � � � �

Interlocked for Hazardous AreasBHR 1049 � �

DBR 1061 � � �

EBBR 1053 � � �

EPC 1056 � � � �

EPCB 1059 � � �

FSQ230 1042 �

FSQ232 1042 �

FSQC 1042 � � �

SRD 1051 � �

W2SR 1048 � � �

Interlocked for Non-Hazardous AreasCSR 1024 � � �

DBR 1030 � � �

NBR 1034 � � �

NSR 1032 � � �

SRG 1028 � �

WSR 1018 � � �

WSQC 1037 � � �

WSRD 1018 � � �

WSRD SS 1020 � � �

WSRDW 1018 � � �

� Plugs mate with indicated receptacles.

† Consult individual catalog pages for complete listing of Cooper Crouse-Hinds plugs, receptacles and connectors

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



962



P Plugs and ReceptaclesTable of Contents

Section 1PIndustrial Heavy Duty Plugsand Receptacles(for use in non-hazardous areas)Receptacles PlugsAR AP, APJ, CPH, CPP, NPJAPR AP, APJ, APQ,

CPH, CPP, NPJ, NPQNR APJ, CPH, CPP, NPJNPR APJ, CPH, CPP, NPJ, NPQ

Section 2PIndustrial Heavy Duty Plugsand Receptacles(for use in hazardous areas)Receptacles PlugsCES, CESD CPHCPR* CPPCPS APJ, NPJDR APJ, NPJENR ENP

Section 3PInterlocked Heavy DutyPlugs and Receptacles(for use in non-hazardous areas)Receptacles PlugsCSR APJ, NPJDBR APJ, CPH, NPJSRG SP, BHPNBR APJ, CPH, NPJWSR, WSRD APJ, CPH, NPJNSR APJ, CPH, NPJDSR APJ, CPH, NPJWSQC APJ, CPH, NPJ

Section 4PInterlocked Heavy DutyPlugs and Receptacles(for use in hazardous areas)Receptacles PlugsBHR BHP, SPDBR APJ, CPH, NPJEPC APJ, DP, CPH,

NPJEBBR APJ, CPH, NPJEPCB APJ, CPH, NPJFSQ APJ, BP, CPH,

NPJSRD SP, BHPDSR APJ, CPH, NPJW2SR APJ, CPH, NPJ

Section 5PIEC309 Pin & Sleeve

Section 6PWiring Devices withCovers(for use in non-hazardous areas)WLRS/WLRD CoversGFCI Covers

Section 7PIndustrial Cord and CableReelsCable-GardTM SeriesW14W16W19Static Discharge Reels

Section 8PSpecial Purpose Plugs andReceptacles(for use in non-hazardous areas)Ark-trol® SeriesRPCRPE

Section 9PSpecial Purpose Plugs andReceptacles(for use in hazardous areas)Ark-trol SeriesRPX

* Do not use in hazardous areas

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0963-5 Name: 1P-963 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:04:22 PM Operator: RB COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100

STIBOINFO((CRH:66008com:1P:963))

963

PDFINFO C H 0 0 0 0 1 P


1PPlugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy DutyNon-Hazardous

Description Page No.

Application/Selection 964, 965

Arktite® SeriesTechnical Data 966-969Aluminum AR/APJ Style

20A 97030A 972, 97360A 974, 975

100A 976, 977200A 978-980400A 981, 982

Configured Arktite® ARC/APJC StyleTechnical Data 986, 98730, 60, 100A 988, 989

Back Boxes 990, 993Krydon® NR/NPJ Style

Technical Data 98330, 60, 100A 984, 985

Flanged Panel Mount 994, 995Motor Plugs 996, 997

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



964



1P Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy DutyApplication and Selection

Application:� Distribution of secondary electrical power� Provide quick disconnect from powersource

Considerations forSelection:Electrical System:� Amperage and voltage required forapplicationWiring system and number of conductorsrequired. See page 969 for contact sizes.Compatibility with System:� Need for interchangeability with plugs inexisting system and within parts of newsystem. Grounding styles. Two styles utilized.See page 967 for complete description todetermine which is suitable for needs.Mounting Arrangement:� Three types of mounting available –surface, flush and panelApplication:� Fixed receptacle for power outlet; cableconnectors for portable cable extensionsOther Considerations:� Wire sizes and recess dimensionsavailable. See page 969 for complete details.National Electrical Code, UL, NEMA,Canadian Electrical Code, CSA compliances� Environment – need for operation in harsh,dirty or corrosive conditions.

Options:� Special polarity arrangements available aswell as special back boxes and hubarrangements. See listing pages for details.

Quick Selector ChartElectrical Characteristics

ReceptacleSeries

ReceptacleType

Amperage(Range)

Volts(Max.)

No. ofPoles(Range)

GroundingStyle† Mounting

MatingPlug

APR Portable cable 20, 30, 60, 100,200, 400

600VAC250VDC

2-5 1-2 APJ, NPJ, APQ,AP

APRC Portable cable 30, 60, 100 600VAC250VDC

3-5 2 APJC, APQC

AR Fixed 20, 30, 60, 100,200, 400

600VAC250VDC

2-5 1-2 Back box (surface) APJ, NPJ, AP

ARC Fixed 30, 60, 100 600VAC250VDC

3-5 2 Back box (surface) APJC

AR Fixed 30, 60, 100, 200 600VAC250VDC

2-4 1-2 Panel mtg. (semi-flush) APJ, NPJ, AP

NPR Portable cable 30, 60, 100 600VAC250VDC

3-4 2 NPQ, APJ, NPJ(fixed)

NR Fixed 30, 60, 100 600VAC250VDC

3-4 2 Back box (surface) APJ, NPJ

† See page 967 for detailed explanation.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0965-2 Name: 1P-965 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:04:24 PM Operator: JB COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


965



1PPlugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy DutyInterchangeability Chart

Interchangeability ChartMany of the plugs listed in this section can beused interchangeably with receptacles fromother sections, both in hazardous and non-hazardous areas, provided electrical ratingand style of plug and receptacle are thesame. The following table is a summary ofpossible combinations.

PlugsShown inSection 1P

Can be Usedwith TheseReceptacleSeries

Listed inSection

Plugs &ReceptacleElectricalRating

APJ, NPJ* DR 2P 30, 60 amp.2-wire, 2-pole3-wire, 3-pole4-wire, 4-pole2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

DBR 3P 30, 60, 100 amp.3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

FSQ 4P 30 amp.2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

EPC, EPCB, EBBR 4P 30, 60, 100 amp.2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

NBR, NSR 3P 30, 60, 100 amp.3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

WSR 3P 30, 60, 100 amp.3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

WSRD 3P 60 amp.3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

CPH AR, NR*, NPR* 1P 30 and 60 amp.2-wire, 3-pole

DR, CES, CESD 2P

FSQ, EPC, EPCB, DBR 4P

DBR, NBR, NSR, WSR,WSRD

3P 30 and 60 amp.3-wire, 4-pole

* NPJ, NR and NPR available in 2-wire, 3-pole and 3-wire, 4-pole electrical ratings only.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



966



1P Arktite® Heavy Duty CircuitBreaking Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy DutyNon-Hazardous Areas

NEMA 4 Watertight

Application:Arktite circuit breaking plugs and receptaclesare used:� to supply power to portable electricallyoperated devices such as motor-generatorsets, compressors, heating and cooling units,welders, conveyors, lighting systems andsimilar equipment� where temporary power is needed, such asat trailers, building units, heavy machineryand similar equipment� wherever electrical loads must be quicklydisconnected from power source� in a typical installation, where a largemachine utilizes a number of electrical motordrives and for ease of adjustment, removal,maintenance and replacement, each motor isconnected by portable cord and Arktitereceptacles rather than permanently wired� in areas where dust, dirt, moisture andcorrosion are a problem� indoors and outdoors in non-hazardousareas of chemical plants, process industryfacilities, meat packing plants, manufacturingplants and similar industrial locations

Features:� Circuit breaking: Plugs through 200 ampererating may be disconnected under load; 400ampere units are for service disconnect useonly.� Receptacles accept only plugs of the sameamperage rating, style and number of poles,making it impossible to mismate, andprovides for positive polarization.� Extra wide electrical spacing allows formaximum safety.� Insulator materials are the result of intensivetesting. Selection has been made based onhighest dielectric strength, maximummechanical and impact resistance, lowestmoisture absorption and highest arc trackingresistance.� A variety of installations is possible due tothe availability of several types of back boxes.� Designed to withstand rough usage and theeffects of adverse environments.� Reversible interiors, 30, 60 and 100 ampere(except 30 and 60 ampere, 5-pole) Arktiteplug and receptacle interiors areinterchangeable using a screwdriver. Thismakes it possible to feed a normallydeenergized receptacle from an energizedplug with usual Arktite safety; no energizedcontacts are exposed.� Additional features are indicated in the viewat right:

Grounding contact in Style 2 is bonded tothe receptacle housing.

Easily wired interior assemblies inreceptacles and plugs. See table on page938 for type of contacts in units.

Arktite Style 2, illustrated here, has anextra grounding contact which forms aparallel circuit with the circuit formed by theplug sleeve and receptacle detent spring,and assures continuity of the grounding

safety circuit under severe service.Grounding contact is no longer than theothers, so grounding circuit is madefirst and broken last.

The arc formed by pulling the plug isinstantly snuffed in the deep, confinedinsulated arcing chamber while the plugcontact is still a considerable distanceinside. The arc cannot travel over to theother side of the circuit or to thehousing.

Detent spring forms a groundingpath from plug sleeve to receptaclehousing. Arktite plugs and receptaclesare made in two styles. With either style,the portable appliance is groundedbefore it is energized and remainsgrounded until after it is deenergized.(Arktite Style 1, not

illustrated here, is for conditions where itis desired to use the contact of the plugsleeve with the detent spring to completethe grounding safety circuit. The extragrounding conductor in the portablecable is connected to the plug sleeve by apressure connector.)

Each plug contact fits closely theopening of its individual arcing chamber.

Grounding contact is bonded to theplug sleeve. Grounding contact is keyedto its proper location to preventmispolarization.

Arktite connectors’ gasketing systemprovides unsurpassed watertight integrity.

All-aluminum UNI-SHELLTM threadedconstruction provides added strength towithstand extreme physical abuse.

Arktite’s TRI-LOCKTM cable grip hasthree clamps that tighten around thecable to securely lock it in place, evenwhen subjected to extreme flexing andjerking.

The unique SURE-SEALTM cable glandprovides a complete environmental sealby distributing pressure equally aroundthe circumference of the cable.

Wrenching surfaces make Arktiteconnector quick and easy to assemble.

NEW!NEMA 4Rating

Arktite Style 260 ampere

NEW!SmallerCableRange

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



967



1PArktite® Heavy Duty CircuitBreaking Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty Non-Hazardous Areas

NEMA 4 Watertight

Grounding: Style 1 vs. Style 2Cooper Crouse-Hinds Arktite devices utilize two methods, or styles, for completing the grounding circuit in plugs and receptacles.NEC reference 250.138 (A) & (B).

Style 1 – MetallicA Style 1 plug is one in which the groundingconductor in the flexible cable is bonded tothe plug sleeve by a pressure connector. AStyle 1 receptacle is one which is groundedby virtue of the fact that it is an integral part ofa grounded conduit system. On insertion, theplug sleeve makes contact with detentsprings of the grounded receptacle housingbefore line and load poles engage, and onwithdrawal, remains in contact until after lineand load poles disengage. Therefore,exposed metal parts of the portableequipment or plug are suitably grounded.

Style 1Ground conductorattaches to shell.

STYLE 2 – MetallicA Style 2 metallic housing plug is one inwhich the grounding conductor in the flexiblecable is bonded to the extra (grounding) poleand metal plug sleeve by a pressureconnector. A Style 2 metallic housingreceptacle is one in which the extra(grounding) pole is electrically connected tothe equipment grounding conductor and themetal receptacle housing which itself isgrounded by virtue of the fact that it is anintegral part of a grounded conduit system. InStyle 2, non-metallic housing plugs andreceptacles, the extra pole is used forgrounding since the housings are non-conductive.

Metalshelledtype

Style 2Ground conductor

attaches to contact,which is bonded to shell.

Style 2 – Non-MetallicIn a Style 2 receptacle, the groundingconnection is made before line and loadpoles engage, and is broken after the lineload poles disengage. Furthermore, uponinsertion, the plug sleeve of metal shelledunits, makes contact with detent springs ofthe grounded receptacle housing before lineand load poles engage, and on withdrawal,remains in contact until after line and loadpoles disengage. Therefore, exposed metalparts of the portable equipment or plug aresuitably grounded.

Made ofnon-metallicKrydonmaterial

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



968



1P Arktite® Heavy Duty Circuit Breaking§ Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty Non-Hazardous Areas

NEMA 4 Watertight

Options:� The following special options are availablefrom factory by adding suffix to Cat. No.:Suffix to beAdded toCat. # DescriptionS22. . . . .Reversed contacts. Receptacle

assembled with plug interior(exposed contacts), plugassembled with receptacle interior(recessed contacts). Forapplications where plug isenergized to feed normally de-energized receptacle. Available on30 through 400 ampere unitsNOTE: 30 (2, 3, 4-pole), 60 and 100ampere interiors can beinterchanged in the field using ascrewdriver. Factory conversion isrequired for 200 and 400 ampereproducts.

S4. . . . . .Special polarity. For use where twoor more receptacles of the sameampere rating, style and number ofpoles are to be installed in the samearea for use on different voltagesand/or frequencies. Preventsinsertion of a plug in a receptaclewith different electrical rating.Available on 20 through 400 ampereunits as follows:Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2degrees to right and plug changedto match (See photo to right)

Standard Materials:� Metallic receptacle housings, plug and cordconnector bodies – high impact strengthcopper-free aluminum� Nonmetallic receptacles, plugs and cordconnectors – Krydon® fiberglass-reinforcedpolyester material� Back boxes: 20, 30, 60, 100 and 200ampere – cast aluminum; 400 ampere –Feraloy® iron alloy� Insulation (metallic products): (2-, 3-, and4-pole) 30, 60, 100, 200, 400 ampere –fiberglass-reinforced polyester; 20, 30ampere (5-pole) – melamine� Contacts: pressure, solder, binding screw –brass; crimp/solder – leaded red brass; 20,30, 60, 100 ampere – telurium copper; 200,400 ampere

Standard Finishes:� Feraloy—electrogalvanized and aluminumacrylic paint� Aluminum – natural� Krydon fiberglass-reinforced polyestermaterial – grey� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester insulation –(red)� Melamine – natural (brown)� Brass – natural� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate§ 400A rated units are for service disconnect use only.

Arktite receptacles have a castraised rib located inside thereceptacle sleeve. The location ofthe rib is in a specific relationship tothe receptacle insulator that housesthe contacts.

The mating plug has a cast groovelocated on the outside of the plugsleeve. This groove lines up with theraised rib.

Accessories:Accessories include a variety of angle adapters, panel adapters and back boxes for Arktitereceptacles, listed on pages 990-993. Included throughout 1P are wire mesh cable grips andprotective caps for Arktite plugs.

Certifications and Compliances:� UL Standards: 1682, 514; 1010 (APJ and NPJ plugs only)� CSA Standard: C22.2 No. 182.1

Typical installation

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



969



1PArktite® Heavy Duty Circuit Breaking§ Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty Non-Hazardous Areas

NEMA 4 Watertight

Arktite Horsepower Ratings� Locked-Rotor Interrupting

AmpereRating Motor Horsepower†

ElectricalSystem

Plug andReceptacle

120Volts

240Volts

480Volts

600Volts

30 2 3 7.5 10

Single-phase 60 5 10 25 20100 10 20200 15 40

30 3 5 10 10

Three-phase 60 10 20 40 50100 15 30 40 25200 30 60 25 15

Wire Sizes:The table below lists the diameter of the wire recess in Arktite plug andreceptacle contacts so that maximum size of bare conductor can befigured. Range of wire sizes shown in table is intended only as aguide. Depending on type of wire used (building wire, flexible or extraflexible cable) and its construction (number and size of strands), barecopper diameters vary widely.

Diameter of Wire Recess in Plug and Receptacle ContactsAmpere Contact Diameter Wire Size‡Rating Type of Recess Building Extra Flex20 Binding Screw N/A #14-#12 #14-#1230 (2, 3, & 4-pole) Pressure .281 #10-#6 #10-#830 (2, 3, & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder .180 #10-#8** #10-#830 (5-pole) Solder .188 #12-#6 #12-#860 (2, 3, 4 & 5-pole) Pressure .312 #6-#4 #8-#460 (3 & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder .277 #6-#4** #8-#4100 (2, 3 & 4-pole) Pressure .390 #4-#1 #4-#2100 (3 & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder .390 #2-#1** #2-#2200 (Std. 3 & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder .56 #1-4/0 #1-3/0200 (Lg. 3 & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder .75 4/0-250MCM 3/0-250MCM400 (Std. 3 & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder .84 250-500MCM 250-400MCM400 (Lg. 3 & 4-pole) Crimp/Solder 1.25 500-1000MCM 400-750MCM

** Smaller sizes may be used with well reducers – information on request.

† Horsepower ratings are based on Cooper Crouse-Hinds testing in which locked-rotor currents were interrupted bywithdrawing the plug from the receptacle. It is highly recommended, however, that such use be limited to emergencyconditions only; and that a horsepower rated switch be used for motor disconnect.

‡ Do not use wire size smaller than minimum size recommended.

§ 400A rated units are for service disconnect use only.

� Emergency InterruptingAmpereRating H.P. Rating

ElectricalSystem

Plug andReceptacle

120Volts

240Volts

480Volts

600Volts

30 2 3 10 10

Single-phase 60 5 10 25 20100 7.5 20 30 30200 15 40 40 40

30 3 7.5 15 20

Three-phase 60 10 20 40 50100 10 30 40 40200 20 60 50 50

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0971-4 Name: Note Page-970 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:05:39 PM Operator: KN COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100

STIBOINFO((CRH:66008com::970))

970

PDFINFO C H 0 3 A - 1 1


Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0970-44 Name: 1P-971 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:05:37 PM Operator: KN COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


971

PDFINFO C H 100 1 P - 7


1PArktite® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingReceptacles, Plugs and Connectors20 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

NEMA 4 Watertight

DimensionsARE Assembly AR Receptacle - Spring Door AR Receptacle - Open and with cap APJ Plug

Hub size a1⁄2 11⁄163⁄4 13⁄16

NOTE: For listing of additional back boxes, see pages 999 and 991.** For use on systems less than 60 hertz the receptacles, plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

Receptacle with Back BoxConfig. Hub Size Descrip. Cat No. #2W 2P 1⁄2 Spring Door ARE2211

1⁄2 Threaded Cap ARE22712W 2P 3⁄4 Spring Door ARE2212

3⁄4 Threaded Cap ARE2272

ReceptacleConfig. Descrip. Cat No. #2W 2P Spring Door AR221

Threaded Cap AR227

PlugConfig. Cable Dia. Descrip. Cat No. #2W 2P .250–.500 Fastening Ring APJ2271

.250–.500 W/O Fastening Ring APJ2251

2W 2P .500–.875 Fastening Ring APJ2273.500–.875 W/O Fastening Ring APJ2253

ConnectorConfig. Cable Dia. Descrip. Cat No. #2W 2P .250–.500 Connector APR2251

.500–.850 Connector APR2253

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



972



1P Arktite® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingReceptacle Assemblies and Housings30 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

NEMA 4 Watertight

Receptacle Assembly ReceptacleMatingPlug

MatingConnector

With ARE Back BoxesStyle 1

ReceptacleHousings OnlyStyle 1

MatingAPJ Plugs†Style 1

Mating APRConnectorsStyle 1

Description Hub‡Size

Spring DoorCat. #

Spring DoorCat. #

Threaded CapOnly Cat. # Cat. #

CableDia. Cat. #

CableDia.

2-wire, 1⁄2 ARE3211 AR321 AR327 APJ3275 0.39 to 1.20 APR3255 0.39 to 1.202-pole 3⁄4 ARE3212

3-wire, 3⁄4 ARE3312 AR331 AR337 APJ3375 0.39 to 1.20 APR3355 0.39 to 1.203-pole 1 ARE3313


5-wire, 1 ARE3513 AR351 APJ3573 .500 to .875 APR3553 .500 to .8755-pole

Style 2 Style 2 Style 2 Style 2

2-wire, 3⁄4 ARE3322 AR332 AR338 APJ3575 .875 to 1.375 APR3555 .875 to 1.3753-pole 1 ARE3323


4-wire, 1 ARE3523 AR352 APJ3583 .500 to .875 APR3563 .500 to .8755-pole APJ3585 .875 to 1.375 APR3565 .875 to 1.375

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

DimensionsARE Assembly AR Receptacle - Spring Door Plug

AR Receptacle - Open and with cap Connector

** For use on systems less than 60 hertz the receptacles, plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



973



1PArktite® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingReceptacle Assemblies and Housings30 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

NEMA 4 Watertight

Plug Closure Caps:

Application:CPK caps for Arktite plugs are used:� where portable equipment is on a standbybasis and plugs are not in use� to effectively protect insulation and contactsfrom excessive moisture, dirt, dust andcorrosion� with 30, 60, 100 and 200 ampere plugs withfastening ring and standard 200 ampereplugs for the clamp door housing

Standard Materials:� Copper-free aluminum

Standard Finishes:� Natural

Config. Cat No. #2P & 3P & 4P CPK135P CPK32

Replacement Parts:

Config. Receptacle Interior Plug Interior Spring Door Screw Cap2W 2P ATP275 ATP270

2W 3P ATP278 ATP273

3W 3P ATP276 ATP271 QE50 QE13

3W 4P ATP279 ATP274

4W 4P ATP277 ATP272

4W 5P ATP125 ATP109 N/A N/A5W 5P ATP94 ATP73

Replacement Pin & Sleeve Contacts:Description Recep PlugAvailable as a kit only.5 phase contacts & 1 ground contact included AR30CONKIT AP30CONKIT


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



974

PDFINFO C H 0 1 P - 1 0


1P Arktite ® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingReceptacle Assemblies and Housings60 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

NEMA 4 Watertight


MatingConnector

Style 1With AJ Back Boxesand Angle Adapters

with ARE BackBoxes

Receptacle Housing Only

DescriptionHubSize

Spring DoorCat. #

Threaded CapOnly Cat. #

Spring DoorCat. #

Spring DoorCat. #


CableDia. Cat. # Cat. #

2-wire, 1 AREA6213 ARE6213 AR621 AR627 0.50 to 1.45 APJ6275 APR62552-pole 11⁄4 AREA6214 ARE6214


4-wire, 11⁄4 AREA6414 ARE6414 AR641 0.50 to 1.45 APJ6475 APR64554-pole 11⁄2 AREA6415 ARE6415

5-wire, 11⁄4 AREA6574 AR657 0.50 to 1.45 APJ65755-pole 11⁄2 AREA6575

Style 2


3-wire, 11⁄4 AREA6424 ARE6424 AR642 AR648 0.50 to 1.45 APJ6485 APR64654-pole 11⁄2 AREA6425 ARE6425

4-wire, 11⁄4 AREA6584 AR658 0.75 to 1.45 APJ6585 APR65855-pole 11⁄2 AREA6585 APR6567

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

DimensionsARE Assembly

AR Receptacle - Spring Door APJ Plug

AR Receptacle - Open and with cap

APR Connector

Plug ConnectorConfig a b c a b c2P or 3P 81⁄2 53⁄4 35⁄8 61⁄2 35⁄8 215⁄16

4P 81⁄2 513⁄16 33⁄4 81⁄4 35⁄8 215⁄16

5P 9 63⁄16 47⁄16 81⁄4 35⁄8 31⁄4** For use on systems less than 60 hertz the receptacles, plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



975




NEMA 4 Watertight

Plug Closure Caps:




Config. Cat No. #2P & 3P CPK324P CPK34

Replacement Parts:



3W 3P ATP296 ATP291

3W 4P ATP299 ATP294 QE52 QE344W 4P ATP297 ATP292

4W 5P ATP385 ATP387 N/A AR:11393B5W 5P ATP384 ATP386 N/A



2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



976

PDFINFO C H 0 1 P - 1


1P Arktite ® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingReceptacle Assemblies and Housings100 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

NEMA 4 Watertight


MatingConnector

Style 1 Receptacle Housings Only

DescriptionHubSize

Spring DoorCat. #

Spring DoorCat. #


CableDia. Cat. # Cat. #

2-wire, 11⁄4 AREA10214 AR1021 AR1027 0.875 to 1.70 APJ10277 APR102572-pole 11⁄2 AREA10215

3-wire, 11⁄4 AREA10314 AR1031 AR1037 0.875 to 1.70 APJ10377 APR103573-pole 11⁄2 AREA10315

4-wire, 11⁄2 AREA10415 AR1041 AR1047 0.875 to 1.70 APJ10477 APR104574-pole 2 AREA10416

Style 2 Style 2 Style 22-wire, 11⁄4 AREA10324 AR1032 AR1038 0.875 to 1.70 APJ10387 APR103673-pole 11⁄2 AREA10325

3-wire, 11⁄2 AREA10425 AR1042 AR1048 0.875 to 1.70 APJ10487 APR104674-pole 2 AREA10426

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

⎫⎬⎭

DimensionsARE Assembly AR Receptacle - Spring Door APJ Plug

No. Poles f2 or 3 9⁄32

4 13⁄32

No. Poles b c3 6 9⁄16 3 3⁄44 6 5⁄8 4 1⁄8

AR Receptacle - Open and with cap APR Connector

No. Poles Housing c2 or 3 open 3 3⁄16

4 open 3 7⁄16

2 or 3 with cap 3 11⁄16

4 with cap 3 7⁄8

No. Poles b c3 3 3⁄8 3 3⁄16

4 3 1⁄2 3 7⁄16


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



977




NEMA 4 WatertightDimensions Pages 947, 961, 964-966

Plug Closure Caps:




Config. Cat No. #2P & 3P CPK624P CPK64

Replacement Parts:



3W 3P ATP316 ATP311

3W 4P ATP319 ATP314 QE54 QE644W 4P ATP317 ATP312

4W 5P N/A N/A N/A N/A5W 5P N/A N/A



2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



978



1P Arktite® Heavy Duty CircuitBreaking Receptacle Assemblies200 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

Weatherproof

See pages 966–969 for general Application, Features, Grounding,Standard Materials, Standard Finishes, Options, Accessories,Compliances, Electrical Rating Ranges, and Wire Sizes.

Features:� Grounding contact wire terminators will accommodate ground wireof same size as phase wire.� Spring band contact design provides multiple points of electricalcontact. Improves electrical reliability and significantly reduces effortrequired for insertion and withdrawal� Crimp/solder type contacts are standard� Large wire wells are available for ‘‘extra flexible’’ wire� Larger wire well size connectors will interchange with connectors ofother wire well size of same amperage and contact configuration.� Self-closing spring doors on receptacles and cord connectorsprovide environmental sealing� Threaded nuts provide positive plug retention� Two piece plug and cord connector design provide easy installation

NOTES:1. For listing of additional back boxes, see page 991.2. S22 suffix for reverse interiors is available from factory only.Field conversion cannot be done.3. Replacement interiors for standard units vs. S22 units vary inlength. Specify the unit type when ordering parts.

DimensionsAREA Assembly

Plug Closure Caps:

Application:CPK caps for Arktite plugs are used:� where portable equipment is on astandby basis and plugs are not inuse� to effectively protect insulation andcontacts from excessive moisture,dirt, dust and corrosion� with 30, 60, 100 and 200 ampereplugs with fastening ring andstandard 200 ampere plugs for theclamp door housing



Config. Cat No. #3P CPK1024P CPK104

Wire Mesh Grips:Application:Wire mesh grips are used:� to provide secure cable termination� to extend cable life� with 20, 200 and 400 ampere plugs

Features:� Eliminate sharp radius of cable bend at the point where cable entersplug, thereby reducing cable failure� Absorb longitudinal stresses placed on the point of terminationcaused by pulling the cable� Gripping action increases in direct proportion to amount of tensionapplied to cable

Standard Material & Finishes:� Stainless steel wire braid – Natural

Ordering Information:Nominal

Plug GripCable Grip Length – GripRange Range Inches Cat. #

1.375 to 1.625 8 K1631.375 to 1.875 1.625 to 1.875 11 K188

1.875 to 2.500 1.875 to 2.000 10 K2002.000 to 2.250 113⁄4 K225

AR Receptacle AP Plug APR Connector

No. Poles c d3 4 3⁄16 3 1⁄44 4 9⁄16 3 5⁄8

** For use on system less than 60 hertz the receptacles, plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



979



1PArktite® Heavy Duty CircuitBreaking Receptacle Assemblies200 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

Weatherproof


MatingConnector

With AJ Back Boxesand Angle Adapters

Receptacle Housingsonly

Style 1 – Wire Well Takes .56� Maximum Conductor Size

DescriptionHubSize

Spring DoorCover Cat. #

Spring DoorCat. #

CableDia.

PlugCat. #

ConnectorCat. #

11⁄2 AREA20315 0.875 to 1.375 AP20355 APR203153-wire,3-pole

2 AREA20316 AR2031 1.375 to 1.875 AP20357 APR2031721⁄2 AREA20317 1.875 to 2.500 AP20358 APR20318

0.875 to 1.375 AP20455 APR204154-wire, 2 AREA20416 AR2041 1.375 to 1.875 AP20457 APR204174-pole 21⁄2 AREA20417 1.875 to 2.500 AP20458 APR20418


11⁄2 AREA2031253-wire,3-pole


1.375 to 1.875 AP204511 APR2041114-wire, 2 AREA204126 AR20412 1.875 to 2.500 AP204512 APR2041124-pole 21⁄2 AREA204127 2.500 to 3.000 AP204513 APR204113










2 AREA204226 AR20422 1.875 to 2.500 AP204612 APR20421221⁄2 AREA204227

Option:� Mechanical lug wire conductor terminations. Add ‘‘L’’ to catalog prefix i.e. : ARL2042

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



980



1P Arktite® Heavy Duty CircuitBreaking Receptacle Assemblies200 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**-400 hertz

Weatherproof

200A Replacement Parts

200A Standard and S4

Receptacle Interior Plug Interior Brass Retaining Shoe

.56 wire well .75 wire well .56 wire well .75 wire well .56 wire well .75 wire well

2W 3P ATP401 ATP402 ATP433 ATP434 0490335 0490335

3W 3P ATP397 ATP398 ATP429 ATP430 0490327 0490328

3W 4P ATP403 ATP404 ATP435 ATP436 0490337 0490337

4W 4P ATP399 ATP400 ATP431 ATP432 0490331 0490332

200A ST22 and S4 S22

Receptacle Interior Plug Interior Brass Retaining Shoe

.56 wire well .75 wire well .56 wire well .75 wire well .56 wire well .75 wire well

2W 3P ATP417 ATP418 ATP449 ATP450 0490335 0490335

3W 3P ATP413 ATP414 ATP445 ATP446 0490327 0490328

3W 4P ATP419 ATP420 ATP451 ATP452 0490337 0490337

4W 4P ATP415 ATP416 ATP447 ATP448 0490331 0490332

Cord GripAssembly

Cord Diameter Range.875 - 1.375 AP2 KIT1 M80

1.375 - 1.875 AP2 KIT2 M801.875 - 2.500 AP2 KIT3 M80

Plug ClampNut

Rec SpringDoor

2W 3P3W 3P AP:0401965 AR:0401502-2

2W 3P3W 3P AP:0401964 AR:0401502-1

Replacement Pin & Sleeve Contacts200A Standard & S4

Receptacle Plug.56 wire well .75 wire well .56 wire well .75 wire well

Phase Contact 0490339 0490340 0490319 0490320Ground Contact 0490343 0490344 0490323 0490324

200A S22 & S4 S22Receptacle Plug

.56 wire well .75 wire well .56 wire well .75 wire well

Phase Contact 0490351 0490352 0490355T 0490356Ground Contact 0490347 0490348 0490359 0490360

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



981



1PArktite® Heavy Duty ReceptacleAssemblies400 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50-400 hertz

Weatherproof

Features:� Grounding contact wire terminators will accommodate ground wireof same size as phase wire� Spring band contact design provides multiple points of electricalcontact. Improves electrical reliability and significantly reduces effortrequired for insertion and withdrawal� Crimp/solder type contacts are standard.� Large wire wells are available for ‘‘extra flexible’’ wire� Larger wire well connectors will interchange with connectors of otherwire well size, of same amperage and contact configuration.� Self-closing spring doors on receptacles and cord connectorsprovide environmental sealing� Threaded nuts provide positive plug retention� Two piece plug and cord connector design provide easy installation� For disconnect use only – not for current interrupting

NOTES:1. For listing of additional back boxes, see page 991. Illustrationshows 3 blank plates and 1 hub plate.2. S22 suffix for reverse interiors is available from factory only.Field conversion cannot be done.3. Replacement interiors for standard units vs. S22 units vary inlength. Specify the unit type when ordering parts.

DimensionsAREX AssembliesDescription a

With blankhub plate 5⁄16

With hubplate max. 45⁄8

Wire Mesh GripsApplication:Wire mesh grips are used:� to provide secure cable termination� to extend cable life� with 20, 200 and 400 ampere plugs

Features:� Eliminate sharp radius of cable bend at the point where cable entersplug, thereby reducing cable failure� Absorb longitudinal stresses placed on the point of terminationcaused by pulling the cable� Gripping action increases in direct proportion to amount of tensionapplied to cable

Standard Material & Finishes:� Stainless steel wire braid – Natural

Ordering Information:Nominal

Plug GripCable Grip Length – GripRange Range Inches Cat. #

1.375 to 1.625 8 K1631.375 to 1.875 1.625 to 1.875 11 K188

1.875 to 2.500 1.875 to 2.000 10 K2002.000 to 2.250 113⁄4 K225

AP Plugs

AR Receptacles APR Connectors

No. Poles c d3 5 3⁄16 4 3⁄16

4 5 13⁄16 4 11⁄16

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



982



1P Arktite® Heavy Duty ReceptacleAssemblies400 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50-400 hertz

Weatherproof

Receptacle Assembly Receptacle MatingPlug

MatingConnector

With AJ Back Boxes‡and Angle Adapters

Receptacle Housingsonly


DescriptionHubSize

Spring DoorCover Cat.#

Spring DoorCat. #

CableDia.

PlugCat. #

ConnectorCat. #

3-wire, 21⁄2 AREX40317 AR4031 1.375 to 1.875 AP40357 APR403173-pole 3 AREX40318 1.875 to 2.500 AP40358 APR40318


Style 1 – Wire Well Takes 1.25� Maximum Conductor Size

3 AREX403128 2.500 to 3.000 AP403510 APR4031103-wire,3-pole

31⁄2 AREX403129 AR40312 3.000 to 3.800 AP403512 APR4031124 AREX4031210

4-wire, 4 AREX4041210 AR40412 2.500 to 3.000 AP404510 APR4041104-pole 5 AREX4041212 3.000 to 3.800 AP404512 APR404112





Style 2 – Wire Well Takes 1.25� Maximum Conductor Size



3-wire, 4 AREX4042210 AR40422 2.500 to 3.000 AP404610 APR4042104-pole 5 AREX4042212 3.000 to 3.500 AP404612 APR404212

† Furnished with cable grip and neoprene bushing. ‡ Hub plates and blank plates may be interchanged to permitconduit feed from bottom or sides.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



983



1PNon-Metallic Arktite® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingPlugs and ReceptaclesMade of Krydon® Material, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50-400 hertz;

Watertight§Corrosion-ResistantNEMA 4XDimensions Pg. 984

Style 2 –Typical 3-wire,4-pole plugand receptacle

Application:Arktite circuit breakingplugs, receptacles, cordconnectors and motorplugs are used:� to supply power toportable electrical devicessuch as welders, motors,pumps, conveyorsand other similarequipment� where electrical loadsmust be quickly disconnected from powersources� in areas where severe corrosion hosedown, moisture, dirt and dust are problems� indoors and outdoors in non-hazardousareas of chemical plants, sewage treatmentfacilities, cement plants, pulp and paperplants, food processing plants and othersimilar industries

Features:� Plugs, receptacles, cord connectors, andmotor plugs are molded of Krydon fiberglass-reinforced polyester material which is highlyresistant to corrosion, heat, weathering andphysical abuse

2-stage cord sealing system positivelygrips cord and protects againstenvironmental contaminants

Spring door provides environmentalprotection of receptacle� Elastomeric snap-on caps provideenvironmental protection of receptacles andcord connectors� Threaded construction allows quickassembly and disassembly for installation ormaintenance

Grounding contact circuit is made firstand broken last

Contact design provides multiple pointsof electrical contact for full-load circuitbreaking capability� Total interchangeability with all existingArktite products for comparable ratings andconfigurations

Unique environmental sealing systemincludes o-ring gaskets on all contacts andbetween housing parts for NEMA 4 integrity

Threaded clamping ring provides plugretention

Pressure contact wire terminals arestandard. Crimp/solder terminals are optional� NPQ motor plugs and NPR cableconnectors offer reversed interior capability

Unique cord and cable gripping systemprovides positive strain relief

Interchangeability of PlugsWith Other Non-Hazardousand Hazardous LocationReceptacles:� Plugs listed for use with NRE/NREAassemblies are standard NPJ Arktite plugs.Other standard APJ and CPH plugs of the

same rating, style and number of poles maybe used with NR receptacles, as well as withAR and AREA, receptacles listed in Section1P, with DR receptacles listed in section 2P,with DBR, NBR, NSR, WSR, CSR, WSQC,and WSRD receptacles listed in Section 3Pand with FSQ, EPC, FSQC, W2SR, C2SR andEPCB receptacles listed in Section 4P.� Portable equipment, suitable for locationsand equipped with the proper NPJ plug, canbe used with non-hazardous AR receptacles;with DBR and WSR interlocked receptacleslocated in non-hazardous locations; withEPC, EPCB and FSQC receptacles for ClassI, Groups B, C, D hazardous locations; withDR and DBR receptacles for Class II, GroupsF, G hazardous locations; and with NBR/NSR, CSR interlocked receptacles for hosedown and corrosive locations.

Grounding:� NPJ plugs are Style 2, which includes agrounding conductor in the flexible cord orcable that is electrically connected to theextra (grounding) pole� NR receptacles are Style 2, in which theground connection is made before line andload poles engage, and is broken after lineand load poles disengage.� The National Electrical Code® andCanadian Electrical Code requires that underconditions favorable to corrosion, thegrounding conductor for enclosures andequipment be of copper or other corrosion-resistant material in alternating currentsystems. This necessitates running anotherconductor, usually of copper, back to thecommon grounding electrode. This may berun through the conduit containing the circuitconductors. At the receptacle, this groundingconductor should be connected to the extra(grounding) pole by the pressure connectorprovided for that purpose. Where such anextra ground conductor is required, Style 2receptacles should be used.

Standard Materials:� Housing, interiors, spring doors, clampingrings – Krydon fiberglass-reinforced polyestermaterial� Gaskets and o-rings – neoprene� Cable clamping basket – nylon� Contacts – pressure – brass; crimp/solder –leaded brass� Snap-on cap – molded elastomer� Back boxes – copper-free aluminum

StandardFinishes:� Krydon material –natural (gray)� Neoprene – natural� Elastomer – natural� Brass – natural� Leaded red brass –electro-tin-plated� Aluminum – natural� Stainless steel –natural

Options:� Alternate polarization(4-pole plugs andreceptacles only) –receptacle interiorrotated 221⁄2 degrees toright and plug changedto match – add suffix S4to Cat. No.

� Crimp/solder terminals – add suffix T to Cat.No.� Corro-freeTM epoxy powder coat on backboxes and angle adapters – information onrequest

Certifications andCompliances:� UL Standard: 1682� UL 1010 hazardous locations (NPJ plugonly)� Wet and damp locations, watertight� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 182.1

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



984



1P Non-Metallic Arktite® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingMotor Plugs, Plugs & Cord ConnectorsMade of Krydon® Material, 30 A, 60 A and 100 A600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**–400 hertz

Watertight§Corrosion-ResistantNEMA 4X

ReceptacleAssembly Receptacle

MatingPlugs

MatingConnectors Motor Plugs

NREA NRE

Amps DescriptionHubSize

Snap-on Cap/Spring DoorCat. #1

Snap-on Cap/Spring DoorCat. #1

CordDia. Plug Cat. #

CordConnectorCat. #

MotorPlugCat. #

30

2-wire, 3⁄4 NRE3322 NR332 0.55–0.70 NPJ3383 NPR3363 NPQ3383-pole 1 NRE3323 0.70–0.85 NPJ3384 NPR3364

3-wire, 3⁄4 NRE3422 NR342 0.55–0.70 NPJ3483 NPR3463 NPQ3484-pole 1 NRE3423 0.70–0.85 NPJ3484 NPR3464

60

2-wire, 1 NRE6323 NR632 0.75–1.07 NPJ6384 NPR6364 NPQ6383-pole 11⁄4 NRE6324 1.07–1.35 NPJ6385 NPR6365

3-wire, 11⁄4 NRE6424 NR642 0.75–1.07 NPJ6484 NPR6464 NPQ6484-pole 11⁄2 NRE6425 1.07–1.35 NPJ6485 NPR6465

100

2-wire, 11⁄4 NREA10324‡ NR1032 0.93–1.21 NPJ10386 NPR10366 NPQ10383-pole 11⁄2 NREA10325‡ 1.21–1.50 NPJ10387 NPR10367

3-wire, 11⁄2 NREA10425‡ NR1042 0.93–1.21 NPJ10486 NPR10466 NPQ10484-pole 2 NREA10426‡ 1.21–1.50 NPJ10487 NPR10467

1 Krydon Arktite Receptacles are supplied with both a spring door and snap-on cap.

§ Wet and damp locations when used with spring door or snap-on cap, watertight when used with QE threaded cap.

‡ AJ back boxes are square, making it possible to install with hub in several positions.


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



985



1PNon-Metallic Arktite® Heavy Duty Circuit BreakingMotor Plugs, Plugs & Cord ConnectorsMade of Krydon® Material, 30 A, 60 A and 100 A600 VAC/250 VDC, 50**–400 hertz

Dimensions

Fig. 1 –30 A Receptacle Assemblies Fig. 2 –

60 A Receptacle Assemblies Fig. 3 –60 and 100 AReceptacleAssemblies

NRE 30 and 60 A Assemblies – Fig. 1and 2

NREA 60 and 100 A Assemblies –Fig. 3

Dimension a Dimension b 60 A Hub Size 100 A Hub SizeHubSize 30 A 60 A 30 A 60 A Dim. 1, 11⁄4, 11⁄2 11⁄4, 11⁄2 2

3⁄4 13⁄16 17⁄8 a 9 91⁄4 913⁄16

1 15⁄16 15⁄16 2 29⁄16 b 11 12 1211⁄4 13⁄16 25⁄8 c 115⁄16 19⁄16 19⁄16

11⁄2 15⁄16 211⁄16

Fig. 4 –Spring Door Housings Fig. 5 –

Housings with Cap

Amps No. Poles Housing a b c d e3 or 4 Spring Door 31⁄4 33⁄8 — 23⁄4 12-24

30 3 or 4 Open 213⁄16 33⁄8 29⁄16 23⁄4 12-24

3 Spring Door 41⁄2 41⁄4 — 31⁄2 5⁄16-184 Spring Door 41⁄2 41⁄4 — 31⁄2 5⁄16-183 Open 41⁄16 41⁄4 215⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄16-18

60 4 Open 41⁄16 41⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄2 5⁄16-18

3 Spring Door 53⁄4 41⁄4 — 31⁄2 5⁄16-184 Spring Door 53⁄4 41⁄4 — 31⁄2 5⁄16-183 Open 55⁄16 41⁄4 33⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄16-18

100 4 Open 55⁄16 41⁄4 37⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄16-18

Fig. 6 – NPQ Motor Plugs

Fig. 7 – NPJ Plugs

Fig. 8 – NPR Cord Connectors

Amps/Poles a b cNPQ Motor Plugs – Fig. 630/3 or 4 23⁄4 33⁄8 215⁄16

60/3 or 4 31⁄2 41⁄4 45⁄16

100/3 or 4 31⁄2 41⁄4 57⁄16

NPJ Plugs – Fig. 730/3 or 4 81⁄2 7 33⁄16

60/3 91⁄2 613⁄16 35⁄860/4 91⁄2 613⁄16 4100/3 111⁄4 73⁄4 4100/4 111⁄4 73⁄4 41⁄4NPR Cord Connectors – Fig. 830/3 or 4 87⁄8 29⁄16 25⁄860/3 93⁄4 215⁄16 215⁄16

60/4 93⁄4 31⁄4 215⁄16

100/3 111⁄2 33⁄16 35⁄16

100/4 111⁄2 37⁄16 35⁄16


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



986



1P Configured Arktite® Heavy DutyPower Connectors

Rainproof30 to 100 A600 VAC/250 VDC60-400 hertz

Heavy-Duty and VoltagePolarized

Configured Arktite® Power Connectors offerthe heavy-duty metal construction of ourstandard Arktite line, plus voltageconfiguration. This combination is theultimate in pin and sleeve connector reliabilityand safety. The new Configured ArktiteConnector series incorporates a uniquevoltage polarization system that insures thatonly receptacles and plugs rated for thesame voltage can be physically connected.This assures a safe and correct electricalconnection every time. Compliance with theNational Electrical Code® article 210-7requirement for non-interchangeability ofreceptacles and plugs on the same premiseswith different voltages is now easier thanever. Equipment damage due to themisapplication of the wrong voltage usingthese connectors when properly installed canbe virtually eliminated.

This new connector series is not intermateable with our standard line of Arktitepower connectors, but it utilizes many of thesame time-tested construction features thathave been the proven standard of excellencein the electrical industry for years. ConfiguredArktite Power Connectors are available in 4 or5 pole (includes ground contact) versions for30, 60, or 100 amp requirements. Every plugand receptacle is marked numerically andcolor coded for the specific voltage making itsimple and easy to determine the proper plugand receptacle combination. A larger groundcontact and unique keying system insuresthat only the connectors of the same voltage

will intermate. Five distinct configurations areavailable covering the most commonvoltages in industry.

Configured Arktite Power Connectors aredesigned for rugged use in the most abusiveapplications. The unique gasketing systemprovides a sure seal even in the most adverseenvironments. They also feature the CooperCrouse-Hinds patented TRI-LOCKTM cablegrip that securely locks the cable in placeeven when subjected to extreme flexing andjerking. The larger ground contact makesfirst, breaks last, and is bonded to the metalhousing

to insure all metal parts are properlygrounded. The power contacts are speciallydesigned and located in arc quenchingchambers to allow these connectors to besafely disconnected under load. CooperCrouse-Hinds Configured Arktite PowerConnectors are designed in compliance withthe latest UL, CSA and NEMA standard.

Applications:Configured Arktite voltage polarized circuitbreaking plugs and receptacles are used:� to supply power to portable electricallyoperated devices such as motor-generatorsets, compressors, heating and cooling units,welders, conveyors, lighting systems, andsimilar equipment.� where temporary power is needed, such asat trailers, building units, heavy machinery,and similar equipment.� wherever electrical loads must be quicklydisconnected from a power source.� in areas where dust, dirt, moisture, andcorrosion are a problem.� indoors and outdoors in non-hazardousareas of chemical plants, process industryfacilities, meat packing plants, manufacturingplants, and similar industrial locations.

Accessories:Accessories include a variety of angleadapters, panel adapters, and back boxes forConfigured Arktite receptacles. They includeprotective caps for Configured Arktite plugsand receptacles.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



987



1PConfigured Arktite® Heavy DutyPower Connectors

Rainproof30 to 100 A600 VAC/250 VDC60-400 hertz

Voltage/ColorConfigurationsA 16 position ‘face’ is used to illustrate thegrounding contact location for receptacles.To identify the system voltage, identify thehousing color and position of the receptaclegrounding contact or marking on thepolarizer.

Standard Materials:� Metallic receptacle housings, plug, andconnector bodies – high impact strengthcopper-free aluminum� Back boxes – cast aluminum� Insulators:3, 4, and 5 pole – fiberglass-reinforcedpolyester� Contacts:Pressure screw type – brass� Polarizers – PBT polyester

Standard Finishes:� Aluminum – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester insulator –gray� Brass – natural

Certifications andCompliances:� UL Standards: 1682 and 1686� CSA Standard: C22.2 No. 182.1

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Voltage – 600 VAC; 60 to 400 hertz; 250VDC� Amperes – 30, 60, and 100� Horsepower Rating – same as standardproduct. See page 969.

Typical Installation:

Catalog Numbering System:Ordering Configured Arktite is easy. AR C 3 4 C

AR � Arktite ReceptacleAPJ � Arktite PlugAPR � Arktite ConnectorAPQ � Arktite Motor Plug

Configured3 � 30 Amps6 � 60 Amps

10 � 100 Amps

4 � 4 Poles5 � 5 Poles

C � 208Y/120 VAC (Blue)E � 240 VAC 1X or 3X (Blue)K � 208 VAC 3X (Dark Blue)P � 480 VAC 1X or 3X (Red)W � 600 VAC 3X (Black)

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



988



1P Configured Arktite® Heavy DutyPower Connectors�

Rainproof30/60 A600 VAC/250 VDC60-400 hertz

30 Amp Plugs, Receptacles, Connectors, Motor Plugs

Heavy-DutyVoltage PolarizedCircuit BreakingNEMA 3RRainproofUL/CSA

Amps Poles Volt Rating ColorPlugCat. No.

Receptaclew/Spring Door*Cat. No.

30 4 208 VAC 3X Dark Blue APJC34K ARC34K30 4 240 VAC 3X Blue APJC34E ARC34E30 4 480 VAC 3X Red APJC34P ARC34P30 4 600 VAC 3X Black APJC34W ARC34W30 5 208Y/120 VAC Blue APJC35C ARC35C

Back Box Ordering Information – See pages 990 and 991.





60 4 480 VAC 3X Red APJC64P ARC64P60 4 600 VAC 3X Black APJC64W ARC64W60 5 208Y/120 VAC Blue APJC65C ARC65C

Back Box Ordering Information – See pages 990 and 991.

� Configured Interlocks are available. – See page 1027.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0989-13 Name: 1P-989 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:07:06 PM Operator: XX COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


989



1PConfigured Arktite® Heavy DutyPower Connectors�

Rainproof100 A600 VAC/250 VDC60-400 hertz





100 4 208 VAC 3X Dark Blue APJC104K ARC104K100 4 240 VAC 3X Blue APJC104E ARC104E100 4 480 VAC 3X Red APJC104P ARC104P100 4 600 VAC 3X Black APJC104W ARC104W100 5 208Y/120 VAC Blue APJC105C ARC105C

DimensionsARC RECEPTACLES

30, 60, 100ASPRING DOOR

ARC RECEPTACLES30, 60, 100AWITH CAP

APJCPLUGS

ARC ReceptaclesAmps Housing A B C D E F30 Spring door 27⁄8 33⁄8 223⁄32 12-24 3⁄430 w/cap 33⁄16 33⁄8 3 223⁄32 12-2460 Spring door 41⁄4 41⁄4 31⁄2 5/16-18 9⁄32

60 w/cap 41⁄2 41⁄4 311⁄16 31⁄2 5/16-18100 Spring door 51⁄4 41⁄4 31⁄2 5/16-18 13⁄32

100 w/cap 59⁄16 41⁄4 37⁄8 31⁄2 5/16-18

APJC PlugsAmps A B C30 61⁄2 413⁄16 215⁄16

60 81⁄2 513⁄16 33⁄4100 101⁄8 65⁄8 41⁄8

� Configured Interlocks are available. – See page 1027.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



990



1P AR Back Boxes andAccessories for 20, 30, & 60 AReceptacle HousingsDimensions Pages 992 and 993

AREHub 20/30 A 60 ASize Cat. # Cat. #1⁄2 ARE133⁄4 ARE231 ARE33 ARE3611⁄4 ARE4611⁄2 ARE56

ARRHHub 20/30 A 60 ASize Cat. # Cat. #1⁄2 ARRH133⁄4 ARRH231 ARRH33 ARRH3611⁄4 ARRH4611⁄2 ARRH56

ARJHub 20/30 A 60 ASize Cat. # Cat. #1⁄2 ARJ133⁄4 ARJ231 ARJ33 ARJ3611⁄4 ARJ4611⁄2 ARJ56

ARRCHub 20/30 A 60 ASize Cat. # Cat. #1⁄2 ARRC133⁄4 ARRC231 ARRC33 ARRC3611⁄4 ARRC4611⁄2 ARRC56

ARDHub 20/30 A 60 ASize Cat. # Cat. #1⁄2 ARD133⁄4 ARD231 ARD33 ARD3611⁄4 ARD4611⁄2 ARD56

ARJGHub 20/30 A 60 ASize Cat. # Cat. #1⁄2 ARJG133⁄4 ARJG231 ARJG33 ARJG3611⁄4 ARJG4611⁄2 ARJG56

For ARRH andARRC back boxes

For steel panelor cabinet

AR 15° Angle AdapterTakes AR

Mounts ReceptacleOn Housings Cat. #ARRH and ARRCback boxes

20 and 30amp. AR30

ARRH and ARRCback boxes

60 amp. AR60

Steel panel orcabinet

60 and 100amp.

AR610

Spring Door AssemblyUsed With Cat. #30 amp, 2, 3 & 4-pole QE50

60 amp, 2 & 3-pole QE51

60 amp, 4-pole QE52

100 amp, 2 & 3-pole QE53

100 amp, 4-pole QE54

Cap and ChainUsed With Cat. #30 amp, 2, 3 & 4-pole QE13

60 amp, 2 & 3-pole QE32

60 amp, 4-pole QE34

100 amp, 2 & 3-pole QE62

100 amp, 4-pole QE64

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0991-3 Name: 1P-991 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:07:09 PM Operator: GK COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


991



1PAJ and AJC Back Boxes with Angle Adaptersfor 60, 100, 200 & 400 A Receptacle HousingsAJX Assemblies and Component Parts For 200and 400 A Receptacle Housings

Dimensions Pages 992 and 993

AJ Back Box with 60/100 A AngleAdapter

AJ Back Box with 200/400 A Angle Adapter

AJC Back Box with 60/100 A AJA AngleAdapter

AJC Back Box with 200 A Angle Adapter

AJ and AJC Back Boxes†

60 & 100A 200A 400A

HUBSIZE

TYPE BOXONLY

BOX & ADAPTERASSEMBLY

BOXONLY


BOXONLY


ONE HUB AJ56* AJ371�

FEED THRU AJC56* AJC37

ONE HUB AJ56* AJ4711⁄4�

FEED THRU AJC56* AJC47

ONE HUB AJ56 AJ57 AJ71* AJ5811⁄2�

FEED THRU AJC56 AJC57

ONE HUB AJ66 AJ67 AJ71* AJ68 AJ82* AJ692�


ONE HUB AJ71 AJ78 AJ82* AJ7921⁄2�


ONE HUB AJ82 AJ893�

FEED THRU

ANGLE ADAPTER AJA6 AJA1 AJA2

*REDUCER SUPPLIED WITH ASSEMBLY

AJX AssembliesBack Box with Angle Adapter,3 Blank Plates and 1 Hub PlateHub 400 ASize Cat. #2 AJX6921⁄2 AJX793 AJX8931⁄2 AJX9294 AJX92105 AJX9212

AJX Component PartsFor use in making up assemblies with

arrangements of hub plates (4 required) otherthan those listed.

Back Box Angle Adapter400 A 400 ACat. # Cat. #AJX99 AJ245

Hub Plate Blank PlateHub 400 A 400 A Cat. #Size Cat. # YYP900

2 YYP9621⁄2 YYP973 YYP9831⁄2 YYP994 YYP9105 YYP9012† AJ and AJC back boxes are square, making it possible to

install with hub in several positions.

‡ Use AJ69, AJ79 or AJ89 for cables up to 2 – #350MCM, 3– #300MCM or 4 – #250MCM. For larger cables, use AJX69,etc., listed under assemblies.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



992



1P Back BoxesDimensions

20, 30 A 60 A

ARECat. # Rating Size a b13 20, 30A 1⁄2 127⁄32 11⁄16

23 20, 30A 3⁄4 127⁄32 13⁄16

33 20, 30A 1 131⁄32 15⁄16

36 60 A 1 29⁄16 15⁄16

46 60 A 11⁄4 25⁄8 13⁄16

56 60 A 11⁄2 211⁄16 15⁄16

ARJGh

Cat. # Rating Size a b c d e Dia.13 20, 30A 1⁄2 33⁄8 415⁄32 23⁄4 41⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄32

23 20, 30A 3⁄4 33⁄8 415⁄32 23⁄4 41⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄32

33 20, 30A 1 33⁄8 419⁄32 23⁄4 41⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄32

36 60 A 1 41⁄4 55⁄8 411⁄16 51⁄4 15⁄8 3⁄846 60 A 11⁄4 41⁄4 511⁄16 411⁄16 51⁄4 15⁄8 3⁄856 60 A 11⁄2 41⁄4 53⁄4 411⁄16 51⁄4 15⁄8 3⁄8

AJ and AJCWith 60, 100, 200 and 400 Ampere Angle AdaptersCat. # Rating Size a b c d e f37, 47, 57 60, 100 A 1, 11⁄4, 11⁄2 57⁄8 8 77⁄16 47⁄8 7 15°67 60, 100A 2 57⁄8 8 8 47⁄8 7 15°58, 68, 78 200 A 11⁄2, 2, 21⁄2 8 103⁄4 97⁄8 63⁄4 91⁄2 45°69, 79, 89 400 A 2, 21⁄2, 3 9 115⁄8 1113⁄16 73⁄4 103⁄8 45°

AJX Back Body400 Amperes

Hub PlateHubSize ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’

YYP96 2 33⁄4 111⁄16

YYP97 21⁄2 37⁄8 25⁄16

YYP98 3 37⁄8 25⁄16

YYP99 31⁄2 37⁄8 29⁄16

YYP910 4 37⁄8 213⁄16

YYP9012 5 45⁄8 37⁄16

AJ Angle Adapter

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



993



1PBack BoxesDimensions

ARRC and ARRH

Cat. # Rating Size a b c d efDia. g

13 20/30 A 1⁄2 33⁄8 55⁄16 25⁄8 49⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄32 11⁄16

23 20/30 A 3⁄4 33⁄8 55⁄16 25⁄8 49⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄32 13⁄16

33 20/30 A 1 33⁄8 55⁄16 25⁄8 49⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄32 15⁄16

36 60 A 1 41⁄4 61⁄2 31⁄2 53⁄4 31⁄8 7⁄16 13⁄846 60 A 11⁄4 41⁄4 61⁄2 31⁄2 53⁄4 31⁄8 7⁄16 13⁄856 60 A 11⁄2 41⁄4 61⁄2 31⁄2 53⁄4 31⁄8 7⁄16 13⁄8

ARD

Cat. # Rating Size a b c d efDia. g

13 20/30 A 1⁄2 33⁄8 55⁄16 323⁄32 41⁄4 127⁄32 11⁄32 11⁄16

23 20/30 A 3⁄4 33⁄8 55⁄16 323⁄32 41⁄4 127⁄32 11⁄32 13⁄16

33 20/30 A 1 33⁄8 55⁄16 323⁄32 41⁄4 127⁄32 11⁄32 15⁄16

36 60A 1 41⁄4 71⁄16 53⁄4 51⁄8 23⁄4 3⁄8 15⁄16

46 60 A 11⁄4 41⁄4 71⁄16 53⁄4 51⁄8 23⁄4 3⁄8 15⁄16

56 60 A 11⁄2 41⁄4 71⁄16 53⁄4 51⁄8 23⁄4 3⁄8 15⁄16

ARJ

Cat. # Rating Size a b c d e fhDia. j

13 20/30 A 1⁄2 33⁄8 35⁄8 23⁄4 45⁄8 17⁄32 55⁄16 11⁄32 15⁄16

23 20/30 A 3⁄4 33⁄8 35⁄8 23⁄4 45⁄8 17⁄32 55⁄16 11⁄32 15⁄16

33 20/30 A 1 33⁄8 35⁄8 23⁄4 45⁄8 17⁄32 55⁄16 11⁄32 15⁄16

36 60 A 1 41⁄4 411⁄16 411⁄16 5 123⁄32 63⁄8 3⁄8 15⁄16

46 60 A 11⁄4 41⁄4 411⁄16 411⁄16 5 123⁄32 63⁄8 3⁄8 15⁄16

56 60 A 11⁄2 41⁄4 411⁄16 411⁄16 5 123⁄32 63⁄8 3⁄8 15⁄16

AR30 and AR60 Angle AdaptersCat. # Rating a bAR30 20/30 A 33⁄8 41⁄8AR60 60 A 41⁄4 415⁄16

AR610 Angle Adapter

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



994



1P AR Arktite® Circuit Breaking Round FlangeReceptacle Housings for Panel Mounting

Application:AR round flange receptacle housings aredesigned specifically for semi-flush mountingin sheet metal panels or cabinets.

Features:� Back boxes are not needed for thesereceptacle assemblies.� Where wiring behind a panel is exposedand subject to either mechanical injury orcontact by personnel, suitable shields orguards should be provided.

Standard Materials:� Receptacle housings – copper-freealuminum� Plug exteriors – copper-free aluminum� Insulation: 30, 60, 100, 200 ampere –fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure and solder contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Brass – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate

Options:Available with these assemblies are:� Reversed interiors (add suffix S22 to Cat.No.)� Special polarity (add suffix S4 to Cat. No.)See page 968 for details.

Certifications andCompliances:� UL Standard: 1682

NOTE: For general information on application,features and grounding, see pages 966 to 969.

AR Receptacle housings withround flange and threaded cap

APJ Plugs with cable grip,Neoprene bushing and fasteningring

AP Plugs with cable grip,Neoprene bushing and fastening ring

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



995



1PAR Arktite® Circuit Breaking Round FlangeReceptacle Housings for Panel Mounting WithThreaded Cap30/60/100/200 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, AP and APJ Plugs

Weatherproof

Amps Style‡ DescriptionRecept.Cat. #

CableDia.

PlugCat. #

3-wire, *1 3-pole AR6337 0.60 to 1.20 APJ3375

4-wire, * AR6347 0.60 to 1.20 APJ347530 4-pole2 3-wire, *

4-pole AR6348 0.60 to 1.20 APJ3485



2 3-wire, *4-pole AR6648 0.75 to 1.45 APJ6485


4-wire, *100 4-pole AR61047 1.00 to 1.70 APJ104772 3-wire, *

4-pole AR61048 1.00 to 1.70 APJ10487

⎧ .875 to 1.375 AP203551 3-wire, AR62031� ⎨3-pole ⎩ 1.875 to 2.500 AP20358200

⎧ .875 to 1.375 AP203652 2-wire, AR62032� ⎨3-pole ⎩ 1.875 to 2.500 AP20368

}}}}}}}}}

}}

‡ Style 1 – Grounded through shell. Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell.

� 200 ampere size is provided with clamp cover.

* Pressure connectors are standard. Crimp/solder type terminators are optionally available for 2, 3and 4-pole 30 ampere, 3 and 4-pole 60 and 100 ampere. For details, see table on page 969. Tospecify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number. For example:

APJ3375-T (Plug) AR6337-T (Receptacle)

Dimensions

AR Round Flange ReceptaclesDescription a b c d e f30 amp. 2 12-24 43⁄4 27⁄16 15⁄8 21⁄42, 3, 4-pole60 amp. 2 12-24 43⁄4 213⁄16 17⁄8 33⁄82, 3-pole60 amp. 2 12-24 43⁄4 31⁄8 17⁄8 33⁄84-pole100 amp. 2 12-24 43⁄4 31⁄16 17⁄8 49⁄16

2, 3-pole100 amp. 2 12-24 43⁄4 35⁄16 17⁄8 49⁄16

4-pole200 amp. 33⁄8 3⁄8-16 73⁄4 43⁄16 27⁄8 51⁄83-pole

AP 200A Plugs

APJ 30, 60 and 100A Plugs

AmpsNo.Poles a b c

30 2, 3 or 4 61⁄2 413⁄16 215⁄16

60 2 or 3 81⁄2 53⁄4 35⁄860 4 81⁄2 513⁄16 33⁄4100 2 or 3 101⁄8 69⁄16 33⁄4100 4 101⁄8 65⁄8 41⁄8200 3 143⁄4 1011⁄16 63⁄4

† These dimensions are approximate and vary with cable size.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



996



1P APQ Arktite® Circuit Breaking Motor PlugsAPJ Plugs, APR Cable Connector Receptacles30/60/100 A, 250 VDC/600 VAC, 50**-400 hertz

NEMA 4 Watertight

Application:APQ motor plugs are used:� on portable electric equipment

Features:� Eliminates problem of storing andprotecting a long length of portable cord andplug on portable device� Connection to fixed receptacle used aspower source is made with cord sets whichmay be hung on wall, out of the way� Cord sets are made up using an APRreceptacle at one end and an APJ plug at theother� Cord sets may be used singly or connectedtogether to provide longer lengths whenneeded� With spare cord sets on hand, portableequipment may be kept in service whilenormal cord replacement is being made� Where design of portable equipmentpermits, APQ motor plugs can be attacheddirectly to a sheet metal panel or cabinet� May be mounted on AR and AJ back boxesfor conduit connection� See typical installation diagram on page997

Standard Materials:� Motor plugs: mounting plate – Feraloy®,Iron Alloy; protective sleeve – copper-freealuminum� Plug and receptacle exteriors – copper-freealuminum� Back boxes – copper-free aluminum� Insulation – fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure and solder contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:�Feraloy – electrogalvanized and aluminumacrylic paint� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Brass – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate

Options:Available with these assemblies:� Special polarity (add suffix S4 to Cat. No.)See page 968 for details.

Certifications andCompliances:� UL Standards: 514, 1682� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 182.1NOTE: For general information onapplication, features and grounding, refer topages 966 to 969.

‡ Style 1 – Grounded through shell.Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell.

* Pressure connectors are standard. Crimp/solderterminators are optionally available for 2, 3 and 4 pole 30ampere. 3 and 4-pole 60 and 100 ampere. For details, seepage 969. To specify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalognumber. For example: APR3355-T(Connector) APJ3375-T (Plug)

** For use on systems less than 60 hertz the receptacles,plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

APQ Motor plugswith square flange, gaskets,fastening ring, and exposedcontacts.

APR Cable connector receptacles withcable grip, Neoprene bushing, andprotected contacts.

APJ Plugswith cable grip, Neoprene bushing,exposed contacts, and fastening ring.

CableConnector

Plug Receptacle Motor PlugAmps Style‡ Description Cat. # Cable Dia. Cat. # Cat. #

2-wire, * APJ3275 0.60 to 0.88 APR3253 APQ3272-pole 0.87 to 1.02 APR3255

1 3-wire, * APJ3375 0.60 to 0.88 APR3353 APQ3373-pole 0.87 to 1.02 APR3355





1 3-wire, * APJ6375 0.75 to 0.88 APR6353 APQ6373-pole 0.87 to 1.37 APT6355

60 4-wire, * APJ6475 0.75 to 0.88 APR6453 APQ6474-pole 0.87 to 1.37 APR64552-wire, * APJ6385 0.75 to 0.88 APR6363 APQ6383-pole 0.87 to 1.37 APR6365




100 4-wire, * APJ10477 1.00 to 1.38 APR10455 APQ10474-pole 1.37 to 1.50 APR104572-wire, * APJ10387 1.00 to 1.38 APR10365 APQ10383-pole 1.37 to 1.50 APR10367


⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭⎫⎬⎭

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



997



1PTypical Back BoxesFor APQ Arktite® Circuit Breaking Motor Plugs

Weatherproof

Typical back boxes used withAPQ motor plugs

AREFor APQ 30 Amp.HubSize Cat. #

1⁄2 ARE133⁄4 ARE231 ARE33

For APQ 60 Amp.HubSize Cat. #

1 ARE3611⁄4 ARE4611⁄2 ARE56

AJFor APQ 60 and 100 Amp.HubSize Cat. #

1 AJ3711⁄4 AJ4711⁄2 AJ572 AJ67

Dimensions

APQ Motor PlugsAmps. a b c s

30 23⁄4 33⁄8 35⁄8 12-2460 31⁄2 41⁄4 47⁄8 5⁄16-18100 31⁄2 41⁄4 61⁄8 5⁄16-18

(2 & 3-pole)

100 31⁄2 41⁄4 67⁄16 5⁄16-18(4-pole)

Typical installation

For additional back box listings, see pages 990 and 991. For back boxdimensions, see pages 992 and 993.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-0998-1 Name: Note Page-998 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:07:17 PM Operator: RB COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


998



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



999



2PArktite® Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty Hazardous



Arktite® Delayed Action Circuit BreakingTechnical Data 1002, 100320 & 30A CPS Receptacle 1004, 100520 & 30A CPP Plug 1004, 100520A CPR Connector 1006

NEMA Interlocked/Circuit BreakingTechnical Data 100715 & 20A Receptacles & Plugs 1008, 1009

GFCI 1010

Delayed Action/Circuit BreakingTechnical Data 1011, 10127 thru 60A CES/CESD Receptacles 1013CPH Plugs 1013

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1000



2P Plugs and Receptacles ForIndustrial Heavy Duty HazardousArea UseApplication and Selection

Application:� To connect portable or movable electricalequipment, such as motors, motor-generatorsets, tools, light systems.

Considerations forSelection:Environmental:� The environment of the enclosure locationin terms of NEC/CEC compliance.� Material and construction to withstandrough usage and atmospheric conditions.Electrical:†� Sufficient current carrying capacity to meetload requirements.� Compatibility with electrical system (new orexisting installation).� Interchangeability of plugs with otherhazardous and non-hazardous areareceptacles.See ‘‘Quick Selector’’ below and‘‘Interchangeability Chart’’ on page 1001 forguidance.

Options:Special polarity arrangements available asoptions, as well as special back boxes andhub arrangements for some series. Seelisting pages for details.

Quick Selector Chart

Electrical Rating†ReceptacleSeries

NECCompliances Poles Amps & Volts Mating Plug

CES, CESD Cl. I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D 2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

30A, 120-240VAC7A, 460VAC1

60A, 115-230VAC30A, 460VAC1

CPH

CPR Non-Hazardous 2-wire, 3-pole 20A, 125-250VAC20A, 18VDC

CPP

CPS Cl. I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D 2-wire, 3-pole

3-wire, 4-pole

20A, 125-250VAC20A, 18VDC30A, 125-250VAC7A, 480VAC1

30A, 125-250VAC7A, 460VAC1

CPP

CPP

DR Cl. II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G 2-wire, 2-pole2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole4-wire, 4-pole

30A, 480VAC APJ, NPJ*

Cl. II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G 2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole4-wire, 4-pole


Cl. I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D 2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole


ENR Cl. I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. III

NEMA5 & 6Config.

20A, 125VAC20A, 250VAC

ENP

WARNING: CPR Arktite® cable connectors are for use in non-hazardous areas only.

† If higher ratings are needed, refer to receptacles interlocked with safety switches and circuit breakers in Section 4P.

* NPJ plug is available in 2-wire, 3-pole and 3-wire, 4-pole ratings.1 CSA certified units are rated at 600 VAC.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1001



2PPlugs and Receptacles ForIndustrial Heavy Duty HazardousArea UseInterchangeablility Chart



Can be Usedwith theseReceptacleSeries

Listed inSection

Plug &ReceptacleElectricalRating

APJ AR, NR, NPR 1P 30 and 60 amp.DR 2P 2-wire, 3-poleFSQ, EPC, EPCB, EBBR 4P 3-wire, 4-poleDBR, WSR, NSR, NBR 3P, 4P 30 and 60 amp.

3-wire, 4-pole

CPH AR, NR, NPR 1P 30 and 60 amp.DR 2P 2-wire, 3-poleFSQ, EPC, EPCB, EBBR 4P 3-wire, 4-poleDBR, WSR, NBR, NSR 3P, 4P 30 and 60 amp.

3-wire, 4-pole

CPP AR, NR, NPR 1P 30 amp.2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

DBR, WSR, NBR, NSR 3P, 4P 30 amp.3-wire, 4-pole

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1002



2P Arktite® Circuit Breaking CPSReceptacles and CPP PlugsDelayed ActionFactory Sealed

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C,DExplosionproofWet Locations

Application:CPS receptacles, angle and straight types,and CPP plugs are used:� with portable electrically operated devicessuch as motor-generator sets, compressors,conveyors, portable tools, lighting systemsand similar equipment� in locations which are hazardous due to thepresence of flammable vapors or gases� in damp or corrosive locations� in petroleum refineries, chemical andpetrochemical plants, and other processindustry facilities where similar hazards exist

Features:� The delayed action feature permits the plugto be used as an emergency push-pull switch� CPS receptacles are equipped with arotating mechanism which prevents completewithdrawal of the CPP plug in one continuousmovement. Details of operation are illustratedand explained below

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Figure 1 shows a CPS angle type receptacleassembly with CPP plug fully engaged.Figure 2 shows the plug withdrawn until it isstopped by the delayed action mechanism. Inthis position the circuit has been broken andthe arc has been snuffed in the contactchambers. To completely withdraw the plugas shown in Figure 3, the delayed actionrelease lever mush be rotatedcounterclockwise. The time required toactuate the mechanism permits dissipation ofthe arc-generated heat before contacts andarcing chambers are opened to theatmosphere. When inserting the plug, thereverse procedure is followed.� CPS receptacles are factory sealed tosimplify installation and wiring – externalseals are not required� Series 152 receptacles have top hingedcover design, with 45° downward angledreceptacle housing, to provide superiorenvironmental protection from accumulationsof dust, snow, ice, and water� Back boxes used for angle type receptaclesare standard EDS bodies. Assemblies arelisted with single and two gang bodies anddead end or through feed hubs – 1⁄2� to 1�sizes� Back boxes used for straight typereceptacles are available with a variety of hubarrangements in 1⁄2� and 3⁄4� sizes� All receptacles and 30 ampere plugs areprovided with pressure terminals for easeof field wiring. 20 ampere plugs havesolder terminals.

Grounding:� NEC Article 501 and CEC Part 1 Section 18requires that metal frames or exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of portabledevices used in hazardous locations begrounded through an extra conductor in theportable cord� CPS receptacles and CPP plugs areprovided with an extra grounding pole� In plugs, provision is made for attachmentof the grounding wire to the grounding pole.In addition, direct connection is providedbetween plug and receptacle housings andthe grounding pole. In the receptacle,grounding is accomplished through theconduit system

Interchangeability of Plugswith Non-HazardousLocation Receptacles:� 30 ampere CPP plugs can also be usedwith standard 30 ampere AR Arktitereceptacles of the same style and number ofpoles, thus permitting portable devicessuitable for use in hazardous locations to beconnected to receptacles in both hazardousand non-hazardous areasNOTE: Equipment to be used in hazardousareas must be suitable for use in the specifichazardous location.

Standard Materials:� Receptacle housings – die cast copper-freealuminum� EDS Back boxes – Feraloy® iron alloy(U.S.)/Copper-free aluminum (Canada)� Other back boxes – Feraloy iron alloy� Plug exteriors – copper-free aluminum orKrydon® fiberglass-reinforced polyestermaterial. See listings� Insulation – all receptacles and plugs –Krydon fiberglass-reinforced polyestermaterial� Pressure or solder contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – aluminum acrylicpaint.� Feraloy – electrogalvanized and aluminumlacquer� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red, white)� Brass – natural� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Angle type – 20 and 30 amperes; 125 and250 VAC� Straight type – 20 amperes; 125 and 250VAC

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC/CEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, GroupsC,D� UL Standard: 1010� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1003



2PArktite® Circuit Breaking CPSReceptacles and CPP PlugsDelayed ActionFactory Sealed


Options:� Material: copper-free aluminum, naturalfinish, is available on certain back boxes. Seelistings. Add suffix SA to Cat. No.

* The following special options are available from factory by adding suffix to Cat. No.Suffix to be

Added toDescription Cat. #Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees to right (viewed from face) andplug changed to match. 30 ampere units only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4Combination of receptacles and EFS/EFD or EDS series devices, such as pilotlights, switches, push button stations, etc., can be furnished using three,four and five gang bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SpecifyHub arrangements other than those listed can be supplied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specify

Dimensions

Series 152

Series 532 and 732

Angle type receptaclesa = 31⁄2 for single gang

73⁄16 for two gang

Straight type receptacles

20 Ampere plugsCat. # a† b† C dCPP516 83⁄8 67⁄8 13⁄4 19⁄16

CPP512 7 51⁄2 13⁄4 19⁄16

†These dimensions are approximate and vary with cable size.

30 Ampere plugs

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1004



2P Arktite® Circuit Breaking CPSReceptacles and CPP PlugsDelayed ActionFactory Sealed


CPS152 – Single gang angle type CPS152 – Two gang angle type

CPS152R – Receptacle unit only

CPP plugs withmechanical cable grip and Neoprene bushing

Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell Plug WithPlug High Impact

Single Gang Two Gang With MoldedReceptacle Receptacle Aluminum Composition Receptacle

Hub Assembly Assembly Cable Handles Handle Unit onlyRating Description Size Cat. # Cat. # Dia. Cat. # Cat. # Cat. #

1⁄2 CPS152-101* CPS152-102*Dead 3⁄4 CPS152-201* CPS152-202*End 1 CPS152-301* CPS152-302*2-wire, } † .312 to .625 CPP516� CPP512� CPS152R3-pole

Through1⁄2 CPS152-111* CPS152-112*

Feed3⁄4 CPS152-211* CPS152-212*1 CPS152-311* CPS152-312*

Dead1⁄2 CPS532-101 CPS532-102

End3⁄4 CPS532-201 CPS532-2021 CPS532-301 CPS532-302

2-wire, } † .375 to .875 CPP4553 CPS532R3-pole

Through1⁄2 CPS532-111 CPS532-112

Feed3⁄4 CPS532-211 CPS532-2121 CPS532-311 CPS532-312

Dead1⁄2 CPS732-101 CPS732-102

End3⁄4 CPS732-201 CPS732-2021 CPS732-301 CPS732-302

3-wire, } † .375 to .875 CPP4752 CPS732R4-pole

Through1⁄2 CPS732-111 CPS732-112

Feed3⁄4 CPS732-211 CPS732-2121 CPS732-311 CPS732-312

* Back boxes are available in copper-free aluminum. To order, add suffix SA to the Cat. No.1 CSA certified units are rated at 600 VAC at 7A.

† Receptacles will take any of the plugs grouped in the bracket opposite the receptaclelistings.

� 20 amp plugs are furnished with solder terminations at standard, ground contacts havepressure terminations.

20A, 1 HP,125-250VAC,60 hertz,20A, 18VDC

30A, 11⁄2 HP,125-250VAC,60 hertz,7A, 1⁄2 HP,480VAC1,60 hertz

30A, 3 HP,125-250VAC,60 hertz,7A, 1 HP,480VAC1,60 hertz

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1005



2PArktite® Circuit Breaking CPSReceptacles and CPP PlugsDelayed ActionFactory Sealed


CPS straight typeshown with plug

Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell2-wire, 3-pole20A, 1HP, 125-250VAC, 60-400 hertz, 20A, 18VDC

CPSDead EndHub Assembly BodySize Cat. # Cat. #

1⁄2 CPS14-120 CPS1203⁄4 CPS14-20 CPS20

CPSThrough FeedHub Assembly BodySize Cat. # Cat. #

1⁄2 CPS14-121 CPS1213⁄4 CPS14-21 CPS21

CPS Receptacle UnitWith Spring DoorCat. # CPS14R

With aluminum handle

With high impact moldedcomposition handle

CPP PlugsWith MechanicalCable Grip andNeoprene Bushing

Cable Dia.AluminumCat. #

CompositionCat. #

.312 to .625 CPP516 CPP512

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1006



2P Arktite® CPR Cable Connector ReceptaclesDelayed ActionCircuit Breaking

Application:CPR Arktite delayed action cable connectorreceptacles are used in non-hazardousareas only*:� to make up adapter sets for connectingportable devices having CPP plugs toreceptacles in non-hazardous areas. This isaccomplished by equipping one end of thelength of cable with the CPR receptacle andthe other with a plug to mate with thereceptacle in the non-hazardous area.� to make up extension cords using the CPRreceptacle at one end and a CPP plug at theother

Features:� Spring door housing with the same delayedaction rotating mechanism provided in CPSreceptacles listed on pages 1002 through1005� Pressure terminals are furnished for ease ofwiring� Gland nut with mechanical cable grip andbushing for effective strain relief

Standard Materials:� Housing – copper-free aluminum� Insulation – fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Brass – natural

* CSA certified unit suitable for Class I Groups C and D (notavailable in USA).

Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell.For use with CPP516 and CPP512 series plugslisted on page 1005.Description Rating Cable Dia. Cat. #

20A, 1HP, 125-250VAC,2-wire, 60 hertz .375 to .625 CPR1543-pole 20A, 18 VDC

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1007



2PENR Dead Front InterlockedCircuit Breaking ReceptaclesENP Plugs General PurposeArk�Gard® 2; Factory Sealed

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B†,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,7BCD,9FG,12

ExplosionproofDust-IgnitionproofRaintightWet Locations

Application:ENR receptacles and ENP plugs are used:� with portable electrical equipment such ascompressors, tools, lighting systems, andsimilar devices� in areas made hazardous by the presenceof flammable vapors and gases orcombustible dusts� wherever portable electrical equipment islikely to be transferred from hazardous tononhazardous areas� in damp and corrosive areas� when power requirements do not exceed20 amperes� where general purpose application isrequired

Features:� Ark�Gard 2 receptacle incorporates threespring-loaded slide keys that prevent thereceptacle face plate from being rotated untilthe ENP plug is fully inserted into thereceptacle. To make the connection, the ENPplug is fully inserted; and the receptacle facemoved inward by pushing the plug forward(Fig. 1). The plug is then rotated, (Fig. 2),closing the circuit. As rotation begins, theplug becomes locked in the receptacle andcannot be accidentally disengaged. Inmaking or breaking the circuit, any resultingelectrical arc is confined in the factory-sealedchamber.� Factory-sealed chamber encloses thepotential arcing components between twoexplosion-proof threaded joints. Thesethreads are specially coated to guaranteefreedom of movement, which ensures on-offaction. No additional seals are required.� One piece molded gasket seals cover plateand ENP plug when plug is inserted,providing full environmental protection at thereceptacle face.� Top-hinged cover design with 45°downward angle provides superior protectionin damp, wet, and dirty locations.� Molded-in contact design provides superiorinterior contact reliability.� ENP plugs can be used in nonhazardousareas with standard U-ground NEMA/EEMACconfiguration 5 and 6 receptacles, eliminatingthe need for two separately equippedportable units of the same type. The ENRreceptacle will not accept standard NEMA/EEMAC configuration plugs.� ENP plug handle body is designed with aninternal cord strain relief mechanism and acable sealing grommet which will acceptvarious cable diameters.� Field assembly is accomplished withstandard tools.� Use standard EDS back boxes.

† Single gang receptacles purchased as a completeassembly with EDS back box are suitable for Class I, GroupB usage. Two gang receptacles can be modified for Class I,Group B usage. Add the letter B to Cat. No. Example:ENRB22201. Seals must be installed within 11⁄2� of eachconduit opening. Receptacle units only (ie. ENR5201) are notsuitable for Class I, Group B.

Figure 1

Grounding:� NEC Article 501 and CEC Section 18requires that metal frames or exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of portabledevices used in hazardous locations begrounded through an extra conductor in theportable cord. ENR receptacles and ENPplugs are provided with an extra groundingpole.

Standard Materials:� Receptacle housing, spring door and plugbody – die cast copper-free aluminum� Interiors: receptacle – Krydon® fiberglass-reinforced polyester material; plugs – nylon100� Contacts: receptacle blade – brass;receptacle switch – silver; plug – brass� Receptacle cover hinge pin and spring –stainless steel� Receptacle gasket – neoprene� Plug bushing – neoprene

Figure 2

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – aluminum acrylicpaint� Brass – natural

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Receptacles – 20 amperes; 125 vac and

250 vac, 50-400 hertz� Plugs – 15 amperes; 125 vac and 250 vac,

50-400 hertz20 amperes; 125 vac and 250 vac,50-400 hertz

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC:

Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B†,C,DClass II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GClass III

� ANSI/UL Standard 1010� NEMA/EEMAC 3,7BCD,9FG� CEC:

Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, DClass II, Division 1 and 2, Group GClass III

CAUTION: To reduce the risk of ignition ofhazardous atmospheres, do not use plugs orreceptacles in Class II, Group F locations thatcontain electrically conductive dusts.

Dimensions

a=31⁄2 for single gang; 79⁄16 for two gang.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1008



2P ENR Dead Front InterlockedCircuit Breaking ReceptaclesENP Plugs General Purpose (For US NECApplications); Ark�Gard® 2; Factory Sealed

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B*,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,7BCD,9FG,12

ExplosionproofRaintightWet LocationsDust-Ignitionproof

ENR single gang ENR single gang ENR two gang ENR two gangdead end assembly dead end assembly with dead end assembly dead end assembly with

spring door open one spring door open

ENR receptacle only,with spring door open

ENP plug

Single Gang Two GangReceptacle Receptacle Receptacle 15 Amp 20 Amp

Receptacle Hub Assembly Assmebly Unit Only NEMA Plug NEMA Plug NEMARating Description Size Cat. # ‡ Cat. # ‡ Cat. # Config. Cat. # Config. Cat. # Config.

1⁄2 ENR11201 ENR12201Dead End 3⁄4 ENR21201 ENR22201

1 ENR31201 ENR3220120 amp, ENR5201 ENP5151 ENP5201125 volt 5-20R 5-15P 5-20P

1⁄2 ENRC11201 ENRC12201Through Feed 3⁄4 ENRC21201 ENRC22201

1 ENRC31201 ENRC32201


1 ENR31202 ENR3220220 amp, ENR6202 ENP6152 ENP6202250 volt 6-20R 6-15P 6-20P


1 ENRC31202 ENRC32202

* Single gang receptacles purchased as a completeassembly with EDS back box are suitable for Class I, GroupB usage. Two gang receptacles can be modified for Class I,Group B usage. Add the letter B to Cat. No. Example:ENRB22201. Seals must be installed within 11⁄2� of eachconduit opening. Receptacle units only (ie. ENR5201) are notsuitable for Class I, Group B.

‡ With Feraloy® Iron Alloy EDS, EDSC back boxes.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1009



2PENR Dead Front InterlockedCircuit Breaking ReceptaclesENP Plugs; General Purpose (For CECApplications) Ark�Gard® 2; Factory Sealed

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B*,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 & 2, Group GCl. IIIEFC 3,7BCD,9G,12

ExplosionproofRaintightWet LocationsDust-Ignitionproof

ENR single gang ENR single gang ENR two gang ENR two gangdead end assembly dead end assembly with dead end assembly dead end assembly with

spring door open one spring door open

Single Gang Two GangReceptacle Receptacle Receptacle

Receptacle Hub Assembly Assembly Unit Only EEMAC Plug EEMACRating Description Size Cat. # ‡ Cat. # ‡ Cat. # Config. Cat. # Config.


1 ENR31151 ENR3215115 amp, ENR5151 ENP5151125 volt 5-15R 5-15P


1 ENRC31151 ENRC32151


1 ENR31152 ENR3215215 amp, ENR6152 ENP6152250 volt 6-15A 6-15P


1 ENRC31152 ENRC32152




1 ENRC31201 ENRC32201




1 ENRC31202 ENRC32202

* Single gang receptacle units can be modified for Class 1,Group B usage. Add suffix B to the Cat. No. Example:ENRB11201. Seals must be installed immediately adjacent toeach conduit opening.

‡ 15A With Copper-free aluminum EDS, EDSC back boxes.20A with Feraloy® iron alloy EDS, EDSC back boxes

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1010



2P GFS Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C,DCl. II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,GCl. II, Div. 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 7CD,9EFG,12

ExplosionproofDust-Ignitionproof

Application:GFS ground fault circuit interrupters areused:� with portable electrical equipment such astools, lighting systems, compressors andsimilar devices for personnel protection� in areas made hazardous by the presenceof flammable vapors, gases or combustibledusts� in branch circuits of 15 to 20 amperes at 125volts AC� in conjunction with ENR or CPS152receptacles

Features:� Factory sealed chamber encloses theground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) and itspotentially arcing components in anenclosure with explosion-proof ground joints.No additional sealing is required when properbody is used.� GFCI protects personnel against possibleinjury due to unwanted ground faults; meetsrequirements for personnel protection asdefined in the National Electrical Code®.� GFCI is feed-through type to serve severalreceptacles.� Decentralized GFCI protection on branchcircuits permits immediate identification ofcircuit where a ground fault is occurring;does not interrupt power on total branchcircuit if tripped or when periodically tested;significantly reduces incidence of nuisancetripping; provides for use of 125 VAC portablelighting even when working on metal floors orcatwalks.� Field installation is accomplished withstandard tools.� Can be installed on any Cooper Crouse-Hinds single or multiple gang EDS or EDSCdevice box.

Standard Materials:� Cover – sand cast copper-free aluminum� Sealing well – die cast copper-freealuminum� Pushbuttons and guards – stainless steel� Shaft seals – neoprene� Interior – body – polycarbonate;contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – aluminum lacquer� Stainless steel – natural� Polycarbonate – natural (ivory)� Brass – natural

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 20 amperes� 125 VAC� 5 milliampere trip setting� Class A per ANSI/UL943

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC/CEC:

Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,DClass II, Division 1, Groups E,F,GClass II, Division 2, Groups F,GClass III

� ANSI/UL Standard: 943, 1203� NEMA/EEMAC 7CD, 9EFG, 12� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30, 144

Ordering InformationAmps Description Cat. #20 Factory-sealed ground

fault circuit interrupter – 5milliampere trip

GFS-1

ApplicationRecommendations:GFS-1 can be installed in an EDS back box(pg. 397) for point-of-use protection or forprotection of downstream receptacles.

GFS-1 withEDS271 backbox

GFS-1 can be used with ENR or CPSreceptacles and EDS back box for circuitinterrupter protection of portableequipment.

GFS-1 with EDS172 back box andENR5201 receptacle

Dimensions

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1011



2PCES and CESD Arktite ReceptaclesDelayed ActionCircuit BreakingCPH Plugs

CESD – Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D*CES – Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C,DExplosionproofWet LocationsFactory Sealed

Application:CES and CESD receptacles with CPH plugsare used:� with portable electrically operated devicessuch as motor-generator sets, compressors,conveyors, portable tools, lighting systemsand similar equipment� in locations which are hazardous due to thepresence of flammable vapors or gases� in damp or corrosive locations� at petroleum refineries, chemical andpetrochemical plants, and other processindustry facilities where similar hazards exist

Features:� CES and CESD receptacles are equippedwith a delayed action rotating sleeve whichprevents complete withdrawal of the CPHplug in one continuous movement� The delayed action feature permits the plugto be used as an emergency push-pull switch� Details of operation are illustrated anddescribed below:

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Figure 1 above shows a CES receptacleassembly with CPH plug fully engaged.Figure 2 shows the plug withdrawn until it isstopped by the delayed action sleeve. In thisposition the circuit has been broken and thearc has been snuffed in the contactchambers.Figure 3 shows the delayed action receptaclesleeve rotated approximately 45° to allowwithdrawal of plug from receptacle.

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

Figure 4 shows the plug completelywithdrawn. To accomplish this, the delayedaction sleeve must be rotatedcounterclockwise. The time required toactuate the mechanism permits dissipation ofthe arc-generated heat before contacts andarcing chambers are opened to theatmosphere.When inserting the plug, the reverseprocedure is followed.� Receptacles are factory sealed to simplifyinstallation and wiring. External seals are notrequired� The 30 ampere receptacles are providedwith pressure terminals for field connection.The 60 ampere receptacles have flexibleleads. Plugs are equipped with solderterminals.� Two arrangements are provided for the 3⁄4�and 11⁄4� conduit hubs, as shown in thelistings and dimensions on page 1012.

Grounding:� NEC article 501 and CEC Part 1 Section 18require that metal frames or exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of portabledevices used in hazardous locations begrounded through an extra conductor in theportable cord.

Options:� The following special options are availablefrom factory by adding suffix to Cat. No.:

� CES and CESD receptacles and CPH plugsare provided with an extra grounding pole forattachment of the grounding wire. In theplugs, provision is made for attachment ofthe grounding wire to the grounding pole. Inaddition, direct connection is providedbetween plug and receptacle housings andthe ground pole. In the receptacles,grounding is accomplished through theconduit system.

Interchangeability of Plugswith Non-HazardousLocation Receptacles:� CPH plugs can also be used with standardAR and NR receptacles of the same ampererating, style and number of poles, thuspermitting portable devices which aresuitable for use in hazardous locatioins to beconnected to receptacles in both hazardousand non-hazardous areas� Portable devices for non-hazardous areasequipped with APJ and NPJ Arktite plugscannot be used with CES and CESDreceptacles

Standard Materials:� Back boxes – Feraloy® iron alloy� Receptacle housings – 30 ampere –copper-free aluminum; 60 ampere – Feraloy®

iron alloy� Plug bodies – copper-free aluminum� Insulation – Krydon® fiberglass – reinforcedpolyester� Contacts – brass or hard-drawn copper

Standard Finishes:� Feraloy – electrogalvanized and aluminumacrylic paint� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Krydon material – red� Brass and copper – natural

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 30 and 60 amperes

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC/CEC:

CES – Class I, Division 1 and 2, GroupsC,D;CESD – Class I, Division 1 and 2, Group D*

� ANSI/UL Standard: 1010� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 182.1

* For U.S. CESD are also suitable for Class I, Group C whenused with immediately adjacent seals.

Suffix to beAdded to

Cat. #DescriptionSpecial polarity – for use where two or more receptacles of the same ampererating, style and number of poles are to be installed in the same area foruse on different voltages. Available as follows:Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees clockwise when viewed from face and plugchanged to match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1012



2P CES and CESD Arktite ReceptaclesCircuit BreakingDelayed Action, CPH PlugsDimensions

CESD – Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Group D*CES – Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups C,DExplosionproofWet LocationsFactory Sealed

CESCat. # a b c d e f g h jCES2213CES2214 77⁄16 45⁄8 23⁄16 33⁄8 23⁄4 41⁄8 5⁄16 11⁄32 7⁄8

CES4233CES4234 12 7 27⁄8 51⁄4 43⁄8 61⁄8 7⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄8

CESDCat. # a b e f g h jCESD2213CESD2214 75⁄8 63⁄8 41⁄4 5 17⁄8 11⁄32 13⁄16

CESD4233CESD4234 131⁄2 95⁄8 61⁄4 71⁄4 3 13⁄32 13⁄16

CPHCat. # a b cCPH7713 6 23⁄8 45⁄16

CPH7913 67⁄16 23⁄8 43⁄4CPH7714 6 23⁄8 45⁄16

CPH7914 67⁄16 23⁄8 43⁄4CPH7733 73⁄4 23⁄4 5CPH7933 81⁄8 23⁄4 53⁄8CPH7734 73⁄4 31⁄16 5CPH7934 81⁄8 31⁄16 53⁄8

* In U.S. CESD are also suitable for Class I, Group C whenused with immediately adjacent seals.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1013



2PCES and CESD Arktite® ReceptaclesDelayed ActionCircuit BreakingCPH Plugs

CESD – Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D*CES – Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C,DExplosionproofWet LocationsFactory Sealed

CES Receptacles with three hubs – one oneach side and one at top – and two pipeplugs with CPH plug fully engaged

CESD Receptacles with vertical throughfeed hubs and one pipe plug. Removablethreaded cover at top to facilitate pullingwires

CES/CESD ReceptaclesVolts at

Hub Max. Max. 60 Cycles CES CESDSize Circuit Phase HP Amps AC Cat. # Cat. #

2-wire, 1⁄2 7 48013⁄4 3-pole 1 { 11⁄2 30 120 to 240 CES2213 CESD2213

3-wire, 1 7 48013⁄4 4-pole 3 { 3 30 120 to 240 CES2214 CESD2214

2-wire, 3 30 480111⁄4 3-pole 1 3 60 120 to 240 CES4233 CESD4233

3-wire, 30 480111⁄4 4-pole 3 5 60 120 to 240 CES4234 CESD4234

CPH PlugsMax. Max. Volts at

Circuit Phases HP Amps 60 Cycles AC2-wire, 1

1⁄2 7 48013-pole { 11⁄2 30 120 to 240

3-wire, 3 1 7 48014-pole { 3 30 120 to 240

2-wire, 30 48013-pole 1 3 60 120 to 240

3-wire, 30 48014-pole 3 5 60 120 to 240

CPH Plugs withmechanical cable grip andNeoprene bushing

CABLE DIA.

.375 to .875 .500 to .875 .875 to 1.375

CPH7713 CPH7913

CPH7714 CPH7914

CPH7733 CPH7933

CPH7734 CPH7934

* In U.S. CESD are also suitable for Class I, Group C when used with immediatelyadjacent seals.1 CSA certified units are rated at 600 volts.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1014



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1015



3PPlugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty InterlockedNon-Hazardous



Interlocked Receptacle with –Disconnect Switch

WSR 30, 60, 100A Aluminum 1018, 1019WSRD 30, 60, 100A Sheet Metal 1018, 1019WSRDW 30, 60, 100A Viewing Window 1018, 1019WSRD SM S901 Stainless Steel 1020-1022DSR 30, 60, 100A Aluminum 1036Arktite Welder Series Interlocked Power Module 1027

Rotary SwitchCSR 30 & 60A Non-metallic NEMA 4X 1024-1026SRG/SP 30, 60 & 100A 1028, 1029WSQC 30 & 60A Aluminum 1037

Circuit BreakerDBR 30, 60 & 100A Aluminum 1030, 1031

Watertight Krydon® NEMAX 4XNSR 30, 60 & 100A Switch 1032, 1033NBR 30, 60 & 100A Breaker 1034, 1035

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1016



3P Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty InterlockedApplication and Selection

Application:� Where extra protection is a requirement.Interlocked units provide dead frontreceptacles; connection cannot be made orbroken when unit is under load� In areas where dirt, moisture, and corrosionare a problem; to supply power for portableelectrical equipment and provide safedisconnect means and short circuitprotection

Considerations forSelection:Environmental:� The environment of the enclosure locationin terms of NEMA/EEMAC type required� Material and construction to withstandrough usage and corrosive atmosphericconditionsElectrical:� Sufficient current carrying capacity to meetload requirements� Compatibility with electrical system (new orexisting installations)

� Interchangeability of plugs with hazardousand non-hazardous area receptaclesFunction:� Switch vs. circuit breakerSee ‘‘Quick Selector Chart’’ below and‘‘Interchangeability Chart’’ on page 1017 forguidance.

Options:Special polarity and conduit arrangementsare available to meet specific needs. Seeindividual listing pages for details.


Receptacle NEMA/EEMAC MatingSeries Interlocked With Rating Plug

ElectricalCharacteristics

CSR Disconnect switch 3,4X,12 APJ/NPJ Circuit breaker:30, 60 amp600VACFusible or non-fusible

Receptacle:30, 60 amp600VAC3-wire, 4-pole

DBR Circuit breaker 3,9F,G,12NEC: Cl. II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIICEC: Cl. II, Division 1 and 2, Group GCl. III

APJ/NPJ Circuit breaker:100 amp. frame size250VDC/600VAC

Receptacle:30, 60, 100 amp.250VDC/600VAC3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

DSR Disconnect switch 3,12 APJ Switch:60 and 100 amp250VDC/600VAC3-poleFusible or non-fusible

Receptacle:60 and 100 amp.250VDC/600VAC3-wire, 4-pole

NBR Circuit breaker 3,12 APJ/NPJ Circuit breaker: Receptacle:100 amp. frame size 30, 60, 100 amp.250VDC/600VAC 250VDC/600VAC3-pole 3-wire, 3-pole

3-wire, 4-pole

NSR Disconnect 3,12 APJ/NPJ Switch: Receptacle:switch 30, 60, 100 amp. 30, 60, 100 amp.

250VDC/240VAC 250VDC/600VAC600VAC 3-wire, 3-pole3-pole 3-wire, 4-poleFusible or non-fusible

SRG Rotary switch SP Switch: Receptacle:30, 60, 100 amp. 30, 60, 100 amp.480VAC 480VAC

2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole4-wire, 5-pole

WSR Disconnect 3,4,12 APJ/NPJ Switch: Receptacle:switch 30, 60, 100 amp. 30, 60, 100 amp.


WSRD Disconnect 12 APJ/NPJ Switch: Receptacle:switch 60 amp. 60 amp.


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1017



3PPlugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty InterlockedInterchangeability Chart


Can be UsedPlugs with these Plug & ReceptacleShown in Receptacle Listed in ElectricalSection 3P Series Section Rating

AP AR 1P 200 and 400 amp.3-wire, 4-pole

APJ/NPJ AR 1P 30, 60, 100 amp.DR 2P 3-wire, 3-poleDBR, EBBR 4P 3-wire, 4-poleFSQ, EPC, EPCB 4P

SP BHR 4P 30, 60, 100 amp.2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole4-wire, 5-pole

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1018



3P WSR, WSRD, WSRDW Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles withEnclosed Disconnect Switches

30,60,100ANEMA 3,3R,4,4X,12RaintightWatertightCorrosion-Resistant

WSRAluminum

NEMA 3R,12

WSRDSheet MetalNEMA 3R,12

WSRDWSheet Metal

Viewing WindowNEMA 3R,12

Application:� The WSR and WSRD disconnect switchesare used as a service outlet for portable orfixed electrical equipment – generators,compressors, welders, etc.� They are designed for use in non-hazardous areas where dust, moisture andcorrosion may be a problem.� Designed for flush or surface mounting.� A fusible type switch, when used, alsoprovides short circuit protection.

Features:WSR and WSRD:� Switches are NEMA type HD heavy duty3-pole, with visible blades; a quick make-and-break mechanism with reinforced,positive pressure type blade and jawconstruction. Fusible types have fuse clipswith steel reinforcing springs of positivepressure type. Pressure connectors are usedfor wire connectors.� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom of the unit ismechanically interlocked with the switchoperating mechanism. The switch cannot beclosed until the plug is fully inserted and theplug cannot be withdrawn or inserted unlessthe switch is open. With the switch open,accidental plug withdrawal is prevented bythe interlock mechanism. Withdrawal canonly be accomplished by activation of theinterlock release lever located on thereceptacle.� Enclosures are compact and rectangular inshape with a gasketed, hinged door.� Enclosure, handle and other exterior partsare corrosion resistant.

� The switch enclosure covers areinterlocked with the body and operatingmechanism and cannot be opened when theplug is engaged and the switch is closed(‘‘ON’’). When the switch is open, the switchcannot be put in a closed (‘‘ON’’) positionwith the door open.WSR:� Mounting lugs may be rotated 90° ormoved to the vertical centerline portion forpole mounting.� Side hinged covers are retained in a closedposition by compression spring draw-pullcatches, which permit the opening or closingof the cover without tools.� The switch operating handle may bepadlocked in the ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ position,thereby preventing unauthorized operation ofthe switch and/or opening of the enclosure.Up to three padlocks may be used. Inaddition, a unique hinge arrangement hasbeen devised to allow the door of the unit tobe padlocked. This feature allows operationwhile preventing unqualified or unauthorizedentry.

Standard Materials:WSR and WSRD:� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum� Insulation (plug and receptacle) –fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brassWSR:� Enclosure – copper-free aluminum� Operating handle – copper-free aluminum� Other exterior parts – stainless steelWSRD:� Enclosure – sheet steel� Operating handle – sheet steel� Other exterior parts – stainless steel

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – WSR enclosure,plug exteriors – natural� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate� Brass – natural� Sheet steel – baked grey enamel� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 3 and 4 pole; fusible or non-fusible; 240vac, 250 vdc; 600 vac� 30, 60, 100 amperes� 71⁄2 to 75 HP

Certifications andCompliances:WSR:� NEMA 3R, 4, 12 (enclosure)� UL Standard 98WSRD:� NEMA 3R, 12� UL Standard 98

Options:� Interiors rotated 221⁄2° to the right (viewedfrom face) – add suffix S4 to Cat. No.� Auxiliary switch, 600 vac-dc heavy dutypush button station rating, can be supplied,and its contacts will close after safety switchcontacts open and close before safety switchopens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S483

�� Pressure connectors are supplied as standard. Tospecify crimp/solder type terminations, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ tothe catalog number. For example: APJ3375-T (Plug)

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1019



3PWSR, WSRD, WSRDW Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles with Enclosed DisconnectSwitchesAPJ/NPJ Plugs

30,60,100ANEMA 3,3R,4,4X,12RaintightWatertightCorrosion-Resistant

WSR WSRD‡2 For viewing window see note 2

System Amps

ConduitOpeningSizes§

240VAC600VAC250VDCCat. #

Max.HPRating240VAC

Max.HPRating480VAC

Max.HPRating600VAC

600VAC250VDCCat. #

Max.1HPRating480VAC

Max.1HPRating600VAC

3-Wire, 3-PoleStyle 1, Fusible

30 1 WSR3351* 71⁄2 15 20 WSRD3351* 15 2060 11⁄4 WSR6351* 15 30 50 WSRD6351* 30 50100 11⁄2 WSR10351* 30 60 75 WSRD10351* 60 75

3-Wire, 4-PoleStyle 2, Fusible

30 1 WSR3352* 71⁄2 15 20 WSRD3352*� 15 2060 11⁄4 WSR6352*� 15 30 50 WSRD6352*� 30 50100 11⁄2 WSR10352* 30 60 75 WSRD10352*� 60 75

3-Wire, 3-PoleStyle 1, Non-Fusible

30 1 WSR33541 71⁄2 15 20 WSRD33541 15 2060 11⁄4 WSR63541 15 30 50 WSRD63541� 30 50100 11⁄2 WSR103541 30 60 75 WSRD103541 60 75

3-Wire, 4-PoleStyle 2, Non-Fusible

30 1 WSR33542 71⁄2 15 20 WSRD33542 15 2060 11⁄4 WSR63542� 15 30 50 WSRD63542� 30 50100 11⁄2 WSR103542 30 60 75 WSRD103542 60 75

APJ/NPJ Plugs

Amps Max. Volts

Outside Dia. of Cable,Flexible Conduit orArmored Cable

Style 1† 3-wire,3-pole Cat. #

Style 2† 3-wire,4-pole Cat. #

30 250 DC 0.60 to 1.20 APJ3375 APJ3485�600 AC 0.55 to .070 NPJ3483�

0.70 to 0.85 NPJ3484�

60 250 DC 0.75 to 1.45 APJ6375� APJ6485�600 AC 0.75 to 1.07 NPJ6484�

1.07 to 1.35 NPJ6485�

100 250 DC 1.00 to 1.70 APJ10377 APJ10487�600 AC 0.93 to 1.21 NPJ10486�

1.21 to 1.50 NPJ10487�

* Arranged for NEC Class H fuses. May be field converted to NECClass J fuses.

§ Furnished with reducer which may be removed to obtain one sizelarger opeing. Locknut and bushing used must meet NECrequirements. (WSR only).

† Style 1 – Grounded through shell. Style 2 – Grounded through extrapole and shell. For a detailed description of these grounding methods,see page 966.

‡ Conduit entrances not furnished.1 Ratings of unfused and fusible switches with time delay fuses.2 Viewing window – add ‘‘W’’ to prefix, i.e.: WSRDW6352.

DimensionsWSRAmps. 30 60 100a 113⁄4 113⁄4 147⁄8b 201⁄16 201⁄16 265⁄16

c 69⁄16 69⁄16 99⁄16

d 71⁄4 71⁄4 81⁄4e 215⁄32 215⁄32 27⁄8f 2711⁄16 2811⁄16 353⁄8g 43⁄4 51⁄4 71⁄4gg 7 613⁄16 73⁄4Mtg.Holes 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16

WSRD60 Amps.g 513⁄16

gg 613⁄16

Mtg.Holes 5⁄16

Dim. ‘‘g’’ and ‘‘gg’’ are exposed portionof plug when engaged with receptacle.

WSR WSRD

APJ NPJ APJ NPJ

� – available with Lightning ServiceTM delivery. See Section G for complete details.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1020

PDFINFO C H 0 0 4 F - 5


3P Arktite® WSRD SMS901Stainless Steel InterlockedReceptaclesFused and Non-Fused

30, 60 and 100 AmpEnclosure Type 3,4,4X,12IP66UL and cUL Listed

WatertightCorrosion-Resistant

WSRD SMS901 SERIESSTAINLESS STEELARKTITE® INTERLOCKEDRECEPTACLES

Cooper Crouse-Hinds ArktiteStainless Steel Interlocksprevent engagement anddisengagement of the plugunder load, providing safeportable connections andextended product life.

Available in 30-100 Amp in bothfused and nonfused versions,the Stainless Steel Interlock israted Enclosure Type 4Xwatertight and features anoptional viewing window.

Arktite stainless steelinterlocked receptacles:� supply power to portable or

fixed electrical equipment suchas welders, compressors,conveyors, portable tools,lighting systems and similarequipment.

� are used in damp or corrosivelocations.

� are ideal for use in wetlocations & hosedown areas.

ADDITIONAL FEATURES AND BENEFITS� Heavy duty Arktite receptacle is compatible with existing Cooper Crouse-Hinds Arktite plugsof same rating and configuration.� Self-wiping, naval brass contacts in receptacle assure reliable performance and longdependable life� Stainless steel interior hardware.� Ground bar supplied as standard and connected to 4th wire in receptacle.� UL and cUL Listed

ORDERING INFORMATION (3 Pole, 4 Wire - 600 VAC)Cooper Crouse-Hinds

Catalog Weight Mating Arktite PlugAmps Number Description lbs. Catalog Numbers

30 WSRDW3352SMS901 Fused w/Window 24 APJ3485 & NPJ348530 WSRD33542SMS901 Non-Fused 22 APJ3485 & NPJ348530 WSRDW33542SMS901 Non-Fused w/Window 22 APJ3485 & NPJ3485



2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1021



3PArktite® WSRD SM S901Stainless Steel InterlockedReceptaclesFused and Non-Fused



CERTIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANCES� UL Listed - (UL Standards 508, 1682)� cUL Listed (Certified by UL to CSA Standards C22.2 Nos. 14, 182.1)� Enclosure Type 3, 4, 4X, 12� IP66 Enclosure

STANDARD MATERIALS� Enclosure - Type 304 stainless steel� Hardware - stainless steel� Receptacle Housing - aluminum� Power Contacts - naval brass� Interlock Mechanism - stainless steel

STANDARD FINISHES� Stainless Steel - natural� Aluminum - Corro-free‡ epoxy powder� Brass - natural

OPTIONS Suffix to beDescription added to Cat. #� Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S483� Rotated Interior (22 1⁄2 degrees to right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S4

Optional window allows viewingof both visible blade and

indicating type fuses.

Plug locks into receptacle,providing positive, worry-freepower engagement as well as

watertight protection

Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements

Heavy-duty, epoxy coated castaluminum receptacle withstainless steel interlocking

mechanism for superior durabilityand corrosion resistance.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1022



3P Arktite® WSRD SM S901Stainless Steel InterlockedReceptaclesFused and Non-Fused



HORSEPOWER RATINGSCooper Crouse-Hinds 240 VAC 240 VAC 480 VAC 480 VAC 600 VAC 600 VAC 250Catalog Number Amps Fusing (1 PH) (3 PH) (1 PH) (3 PH) (1 PH) (3 PH) VDCWSRD33542SMS901 30 Non-Fused 5 10 7.5 20 10 30 5WSRDW33542SMS901 30 Non-Fused 5 10 7.5 20 10 30 5WSRDW3352SMS901 30 Fused 1.5 (3) 3 (7.5) 3 (7.5) 5 (15) 3 (10) 7.5 (20) 5

WSRD63542SMS901 60 Non-Fused 10 20 20 50 25 60 10WSRDW63542SMS901 60 Non-Fused 10 20 20 50 25 60 10WSRDW6352SMS901 60 Fused 3 (10) 7.5 (15) 5 (20) 15 (30) 10 (25) 15 (50) 10

WSRD103542SMS901 100 Non-Fused 15 40 30 75 40 100 20WSRDW103542SMS901 100 Non-Fused 15 40 30 75 40 100 20WSRDW10352SMS901 100 Fused 7.5 (15) 15 (30) 10 (30) 25 (60) 15 (40) 30 (75) 20

NOTE:Values for Non-Fused units are maximum horsepower.Values for Fused units are standard horsepower with standard fuse and (maximum horsepower with time delay).

DIMENSIONS (Inches)

Amps A B C D E30 5.47 16.49 23.49 9.00 8.61

60 7.99 18.49 25.49 11.52 8.61

100 8.47 24.18 31.18 12.00 8.61

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: CRMAIN06-1023-4 Name: Note Page-1023 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: 6:08:51 PM Operator: JB COLOR: CMYK TCP: 15001 Typedriver Name: TS name csm no.: 100 Zoom: 100


1023



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1024



3P Arktite® CSR SeriesNonmetallic InterlockedReceptaclesFused and Non-Fused



CSR SERIES COMPACTINTERLOCKED ARKTITE®

RECEPTACLES

Cooper Crouse-Hindsinterlocked receptacles preventengagement anddisengagement of the plugunder load, providing safeportable connections andextended product life.

Arktite compact interlockedreceptacles are used:� to supply power to portable or

fixed electrical equipment suchas welders, compressors,conveyors, portable tools,lighting systems and similarequipment.

� in damp or corrosive locations.� in wet locations.� in hosedown areas.

ADDITIONAL FEATURES AND BENEFITS� Enclosure Type 4X, Watertight, IP66.� Compact enclosure is designed to fit into the web of an I-beam.� Heavy duty Arktite® receptacle is compatible with existing Cooper Crouse-Hinds Arktite®

plugs of same rating and configuration.� Bussmann® CubeFuseTM with Indicator – the world’s first ‘‘finger-safe’’ industrial power fuse.� Front mounted handle permits the interlocked receptacles to be easily mounted side by sideor in tight spots.� Molded-in-place mounting feet require only four screws to mount the entire unit.� UL and cUL Listed

ORDERING INFORMATION (600 VAC)Hub Catalog Mating

Amps Configuration Size Fusing Number Catalog Number

30 3W, 4P 1� Fused CSR3352 APJ3485/NPJ348430 3W, 4P 1� Non-Fused CSR33542 APJ3485/NPJ348460 3W, 4P 11⁄4� Fused CSR6352 APJ6485/NPJ648460 3W, 4P 11⁄4� Non-Fused CSR63542 APJ6485/NPJ6484

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1025



3PArktite® CSR SeriesNonmetallic InterlockedReceptaclesFused and Non-Fused



CERTIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANCES� UL Listed – (UL Standards 508, 1682)� cUL Listed (Certified by UL to CSA Standards C22.2 Nos. 14, 182.1)� Enclosure Type 3, 4, 4X, 12� IP66 Enclosure

STANDARD MATERIALS� Enclosure - fiber reinforced polyester� Hardware - stainless steel� Receptacle Housing - aluminum� Power Contacts - naval brass� Interlock Mechanism - stainless steel

STANDARD FINISHES� Aluminum - Corro-freeTM epoxy powder� Brass - natural� Stainless Steel - natural

OPTIONS Suffix to beDescription added to Cat. #� Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S483� Rotated Interior (22 1⁄2 degrees to right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4

HORSEPOWER RATINGS250 VAC 480 VAC 600 VAC

30 A 10 HP 20 HP 25 HP60 A 20 HP 40 HP 40 HP

Fully rated for 30A and 60A at 600VAC. For use with Bussmann

CubeFuse. Fuses not included.

Plug locks into receptacle,providing positive, worry-freepower engagement as well as

watertight protection

Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements

Heavy-duty, epoxy coated castaluminum receptacle withstainless steel interlocking

mechanism for superior durabilityand corrosion resistance.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1026



3P Arktite® CSR SeriesNonmetallic InterlockedReceptaclesFused and Non-Fused



Amps Style Dimension A Dimension B Hub Size30 Fused 18.26 8.00 1�30 Non-Fused 18.26 7.87 1�60 Fused 19.26 8.00 11⁄4�60 Non-Fused 19.26 7.87 11⁄4�

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1027



3PArktite Welder SeriesInterlocked Power Modules

UL/cUL Listed

Cooper Crouse-Hinds InterlockedPower Modules are ideal for theharsh, heavy duty environmentsof welding applications. TheWelder Series Power Module is aunique patented design thatemploys a mechnical interlocklinkage system that interfaceswith the power receptacle and thebuilt in circuit breaker. It is idealfor protecting the safety of yourpersonnel and your valuablewelding equipment.

APPLICATIONS� Ship building yards� Ports� Offshore platform fabrication yards� Test stations at remote sites� Military heavy equipment manufacturing

FEATURES & BENEFITS� Mechanically interlocked to preventinsertion or withdrawal of plug under load� Circuit breaker protected� Stainless steel and die cast constructionprovides durability and corrosion resistance� Flanged design for easy panel mountingand flexibility of Power Stand design� Arktite® receptacle accepts existing CooperCrouse-Hinds Arktite die cast and Krydon®

plugs of the same rating and configuration

CERTIFICATIONS &COMPLIANCES� UL/cUL Listed Module� UL 498 Listed� CSA Certified Molded Case Circuit Breaker

STANDARD MATERIALS &FINISHES� Frame, On/Off Rod, Interlock Mechanism,Fasteners - Stainless steel� Receptacle Housing - Die cast aluminum orKrydon� Power Contacts - Naval brass� Receptacle Insulator - Krydon

ORDERING INFORMATION3 Wire 4 Pole 480 VAC 22K AIC Rating*

DimensionAmps Receptacle Catalog Number A B30 Die cast M4IPM AR342 3048022K 2.8 8.00

30 (configured) Die cast M4IPM ARC34P 3048022K 2.8 8.00

30 Krydon M4IPM NR342 3048022K 3.1 8.00

60 Die cast M4IPM AR642 6048022K 4.3 8.00


60 Krydon M4IPM NR642 6048022K 4.5 8.00

100 Die cast M4IPM AR1042 10048022K 5.3 8.00


100 Krydon M4IPM NR1042 10048022K 5.6 8.00

200 Die cast M4IPM AR2042 20048022K 7.3 10.0

65K AIC rating available, substitute 65K for 22K in catalog number

DIMENSIONS - 30, 60, 100 A

DIMENSIONS - 200 A

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1028



3P SRG Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles and SwitchesSP PlugsFor Panel and Cabinet Mounting

Weather Resistant

Application:SRG dead front interlocked receptacles andswitches and SP plugs are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as motor-generator sets,compressors, heating and cooling units,conveyors, and similar equipment� in areas where dust, dirt, moisture andcorrosion are a problem� mounted on sheet metal panels or cabinetsand installed indoors or outdoors in non-hazardous areas of chemical plants, processindustry facilities, manufacturing plants, andsimilar industrial locations

Features:� The receptacle assembly contains a built-inrotary switch which is automatically operatedwhen the plug is inserted and withdrawn. Theswitch, capable of making and breaking thecircuit at full rated load, is operated by ahelical blade in the center of the plug� Plug and receptacle contacts cannot bemade or broken under load. When the plug isinserted, the plug and receptacle contactsengage before the switch closes. When theplug is withdrawn, the switch opens beforethe plug and receptacle contacts disengage.This sequence of operation provides a deadfront receptacle with the maximum of safety� Operation is simple, safe and fast. In theevent of difficulty with the portable device, itcan be quickly and completely disconnectedby a straight pull on the plug, since there areno separate interlock devices or operatinghandles to actuate� There is a distinct phsyical polarization ofplug and receptacle in every rating, therebyassuring positive engagement withoutmismating� Receptacles are furnished with flexibleleads for splicing to the circuit wires� Although intended primarily for mountingon sheet metal panels or cabinets, a backbox for conduit connection is listed for the 30and 60 ampere units

Grounding:� Both receptacles and plugs are providedwith an extra grounding pole. In plugs,provision is made for attachment of thegrounding wire to the grounding pole. Inaddition, direct connection is also providedbetween plug and receptacle housings andthe grounding pole.

Standard Materials:� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum� Insulation – high impact glass filledphenolic� Contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Phenolic – natural (black)� Brass – silver plated

Options:� Special polarity – where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating andnumber of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages,alternate polarizations can be furnished.Detailed information on request.

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 30, 60 and 100 amperes, 480 vac

Dimensions

SRG Receptacle

SP Plug

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1029



3PSRG Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles and SwitchesSP PlugsFor Panel and Cabinet Mounting

30/60/100A480VAC50**-400 hertzWeather Resistant

Receptacle Receptaclewith Plug with Cable Grip and with Plug with Fastening RingSpring Neoprene Bushing Threaded Cable Grip andDoor Cap Neoprene Bushing

Rating Description Cat. # Cable Dia. Cat. # Cat. # Cable Dia. Cat. #30 amp. 2-wire, SRG332N .500 to .875 SP3363N SRG338N .500 to .875 SP3383N

3-pole .875 to 1.375 SP3365N .875 to 1.375 SP3385N3-wire, SRG342D .500 to .875 SP3463D SRG348D .500 to .875 SP3483D4-pole .875 to 1.375 SP3465D .875 to 1.375 SP3485D4-wire, SRG352-NW .500 to .875 SP3563-NW SRG358-NW .500 to .875 SP3583-NW5-pole .875 to 1.375 SP3565-NW .875 to 1.375 SP3585-NW

60 amp. 2-wire, SRG632N .500 to .875 SP6363N SRG638N .500 to .875 SP6383N3-pole .875 to 1.375 SP6365N .875 to 1.375 SP6385N3-wire, SRG642D .500 to .875 SP6463D SRG648D .500 to .875 SP6483D4-pole .875 to 1.375 SP6465D .875 to 1.375 SP6485D4-wire, SRG652-NW .875 to 1.375 SP6565-NW SRG658-NW .875 to 1.375 SP6585-NW5-pole 1.375 to 1.875 SP6567-NW 1.375 to 1.875 SP6587-NW

100 amp. 2-wire, SRG1032N .875 to 1.375 SP10365N SRG1038N .875 to 1.375 SP10385N3-pole 1.375 to 1.875 SP10367N 1.375 to 1.875 SP10387N3-wire, SRG1042D .875 to 1.375 SP10465D SRG1048D .875 to 1.375 SP10485D4-pole 1.375 to 1.875 SP10467D 1.375 to 1.875 SP10487D4-wire, SRG1052-NW .875 to 1.375 SP10565-NW SRG1058-NW .875 to 1.375 SP10585-NW5-pole 1.375 to 1.875 SP10567-NW 1.375 to 1.875 SP10587-NW

** For use on systems less than 60 hertz thereceptacles, plugs and connectors are fordisconnect use only.

Dimensions

Back BoxFor 30 and 60 amp.SRG receptaclesFurnished with vertical throughfeed hubs, 11⁄4� size, andthreaded cover at top for wiringaccess.Cat. #CESD42

Back boxFor 30 and 60 AmpSRG Receptacles.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1030



3P DBR Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles With EnclosedCircuit BreakersAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs��

Cl. II, Div 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 3,9FG,12Dust-IgnitionproofRaintight

Application:DBR interlocked Arktite receptacles withenclosed circuit breakers and APJ/NPJArktite plugs are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as motor-generator sets,compressors, heating and cooling units,conveyors, and similar equipment� in locations where hazardous dusts arepresent, as in grain processing and handlingplants, chemical plants and certain foodprocessing industries� indoors or outdoors in damp, wet orcorrosive locations

Features:� Receptacles are mechanically interlockedwith circuit breakers to provide disconnectmeans, short circuit protection and thermaltime delay overload protection.� Enclosures are compact and rectangular inshape permitting close spacing.� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom is mechanicallyinterlocked with the circuit breaker operatingmechanism. The circuit breaker cannot beclosed until the plug is fully inserted and theplug cannot be withdrawn unless the breakeris open.� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions. Breakers aretrip-free of the handles and will open undershort circuit or overload even if the handle islocked in the ‘‘ON’’ position.� Enclosure is provided with a drilled andtapped conduit opening at top center,equipped with a threaded-in bushing. Thesize furnished is 11⁄2�, and removing thebushing permits the use of a 2� conduit.

Interchangeability of Plugswith Other Hazardous andNon-Hazardous LocationReceptacles:� Plugs listed for use with DBR assembliesare standard Arktite APJ/NPJ plugs. Otherstandard APJ/NPJ and CPH plugs of thesame rating, style and number of poles maybe used with DBR receptacles, as well as withDR receptacles listed in Section 2P and withEBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles listed inSection 4P.� As a result, portable equipment suitable forthe locations and equipped with the properplug can be used with AR receptacles fornon-hazardous locations, with EBBR, EPCand EPCB receptacles for Class I hazardouslocations, and with DR and DBR interlockedreceptacles for Class II hazardous locations.

�� Pressure connectors are standard. Crimp/solder typeterminators are optionally available for 3 and 4-pole, 30, 60and 100 ampere. For details, see table on page 969. Tospecify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number. Forexample: AP3375-T (Plug)

Standard Materials:� Bodies, covers and operating handles –copper-free aluminum� Operating shafts – stainless steel� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum� Insulation: plugs and receptacles –fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – plug exterior,enclosure and receptacle housing – natural� Stainless steel – natural� Brass – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate

Options:The following special options are available byadding suffix to Cat. No.


Description Cat. #Special polarity – for use where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating, styleand number of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages.Available as follows:� Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2degrees clockwise when viewedfrom receptacle face and plugchanged to match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4Breather (drain furnished asstandard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S219Conduit arrangements other thanstandard can be supplied . Details on request

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G

Class III� NEMA/EFC: 3,9FG,12� UL Standard: 698, 1010� CEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G

Class III� Encl.: 3,5

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Receptacle ratings: 30, 60 and 100amperes� Circuit breakers – 100 ampere frame size

Amps a b bb30 213⁄4 413⁄16 760 223⁄4 513⁄16 613⁄16

100 231⁄2 65⁄8 73⁄4

Dim. ‘‘b’’ and ‘‘bb’’ are exposed portion ofplug when engaged with receptacle.

Dimensions

APJ NPJ

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1031



3PDBR Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles With EnclosedCircuit Breakers

Cl. II, Div 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 3,9FG,12Dust-IgnitionproofRaintight

100 Ampere Frame Size withNon-Interchangeable Thermal Trip and Non-Adjustable Magnetic Trip

EnclosureReceptacle Circuit Ckt. With CircuitWith Spring Breaker Hub Bkr. Without Circuit Breaker Cat. #Door Housing† Rating Size Amps Breaker Cat. # Westinghouse ‘‘FDB’’

30 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 20 DBR53731 DBR53731-WT20-33-wire, 600VAC 30 DBR53731-WT30-33-pole, 40 DBR53731-WT40-3*Style 1 50 DBR53731-WT50-3*30 amp., 2-pole 11⁄2 20 DBR53732 DBR53732-WT20-22-wire, 600VAC 30 DBR53732-WT30-23-pole, or 40 DBR53732-WT40-2*Style 2 250VDC 50 DBR53732-WT50-2*30 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 20 DBR53742 DBR53742-WT20-33-wire, 600VAC 30 DBR53742-WT30-34-pole, 40 DBR53742-WT40-3*Style 2 50 DBR53742-WT50-3*60 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 50 DBR56731 DBR56731-WT50-33-wire, 600VAC 60 DBR56731-WT60-33-pole, 70 DBR56731-WT70-3*Style 1 90 DBR56731-WT90-3*

100 DBR56731-WT100-3*60 amp., 2-pole 11⁄2 50 DBR56732 DBR56732-WT50-22-wire, 600VAC 60 DBR56732-WT60-23-pole, or 70 DBR56732-WT70-2*Style 2 250VDC 90 DBR56732-WT90-2*

100 DBR56732-WT100-2*60 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 50 DBR56742 DBR56742-WT50-33-wire, 600VAC 60 DBR56742-WT60-34-pole, 70 DBR56742-WT70-3*Style 2 90 DBR56742-WT90-3*

100 DBR56742-WT100-3*100 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 60 DBR51731 DBR51731-WT60-33-wire, 600VAC 70 DBR51731-WT70-33-pole, 90 DBR51731-WT90-3Style 1 100 DBR51731-WT100-3100 amp., 2-pole 11⁄2 60 DBR51732 DBR51732-WT60-22-wire, 600VAC 70 DBR51732-WT70-23-pole, or 90 DBR51732-WT90-2Style 2 250VDC 100 DBR51732-WT100-2100 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 60 DBR51742 DBR51742-WT60-33-wire, 600VAC 70 DBR51742-WT70-34-pole, 90 DBR51742-WT90-3Style 2 100 DBR51742-WT100-3

* Circuit breaker trip rating may exceedreceptacled rating for welding equipmentapplications only, as higher trip rating may notprotect wiring.

�� Pressure connectors are standard.Crimp/solder type terminators are optionallyavailable for 3 and 4-pole 30, 60 and 100 ampere.For details, see table on page 969.To specify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalognumber. For example: APJ3375-T (Plug)

† Style 1 – Grounded through shell.Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell.For a detailed description of these groundingmethods, see page 967.

‡ For circuit breaker Cat. No. refer to Section 6C,Table 9, List FDB. For detailed information oncircuit breaker selection, see Section 6C.

APJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs��600VAC/250VDC with Cable Grip andNeoprene Bushing

APJ Plug NPJ Plug

Style 1† Style 2†3-wire, 2-wire, 3-wire,

Cable 3-pole 3-pole 4-poleAmps O.D. Range Cat. # Cat. # Cat. #

0.60 to 1.20 APJ3375 APJ3385 APJ348530 0.55 to 0.70 NPJ3383 NPJ3483

0.70 to 0.85 NPJ3384 NPJ34840.75 to 1.45 APJ6375 APJ6385 APJ6485

60 0.75 to 1.07 NPJ6384 NPJ64841.07 to 1.35 NPJ6385 NPJ64851.00 to 1.70 APJ10377 APJ10387 APJ10487

100 0.93 to 1.21 NPJ10386 NPJ104861.21 to 1.50 NPJ10387 NPJ10487

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1032



3P NSR Arktite® InterlockedReceptacles With EnclosedDisconnect SwitchesAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs

NEMA 3,3R,4*,4X*,12WatertightCorrosion-Resistant

Application:NSR Arktite interlocked receptacles withenclosed disconnect switches are used:� to provide a power disconnect for fixed orportable electrical equipment such aswelders, generators and compressors wherethe switch will be subject to frequentoperation� to provide short circuit protection when afusible switch is needed� in non-hazardous indoor or outdoor areaswhere corrosion, dust, hosedown andmoisture may be a problem such as inoffshore and marine locations, pulp andpaper mills, chemical plants, sewagetreatment plants and food processingfacilities

Features:� Enclosures are made of Krydon® high-impact strength fiberglass-reinforcedpolyester material having excellent resistanceto corrosion and heat� Switches are NEMA type HD heavy duty3-pole, enclosed blade; a quick make-and-break mechanism with reinforced, positivepressure type blade and jaw construction.Fusible switches have fuse clips with steelreinforcing springs� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom is mechanicallyinterlocked with the switch operatingmechanism. The switch cannot be closeduntil the plug is fully inserted and the plugcannot be withdrawn unless the switch isopen� Switch enclosure access door ismechanically interlocked with switch andcannot be opened unless switch operator isin ‘‘OFF’’ position� Enclosure has hinged access door for easywiring and maintenance. Three screws,located behind access door in door frame,prevent disassembly when door is locked� A Krydon material hub (not mounted) issupplied with each enclosure as follows:Rating Hub Size Cat. No.30A 3⁄4 NHUB260A 11⁄4 NHUB4100A 2 NHUB6For alternate hub sizes, refer to catalog page658.� Receptacle has self-closing spring doorassembly to provide environmentalprotection� Mounting feet may be rotated 90° tohorizontal or vertical mounting positions� Switch operating handle may be padlockedin the ‘‘OFF’’ position, preventingunauthorized operation of the switch

Interchangeability of PlugsWith Other Non-Hazardousand Hazardous LocationReceptacles:� Plugs listed for use with NSR assembliesare standard Arktite APJ/NPJ plugs. Other

*30 & 60A style 2 only

standard APJ/NPJ and CPH plugs of thesame rating, style and number of poles maybe used with NSR receptacles, as well as withDR receptacles listed in Section 2P, and withEBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles listed inSection 4P� Portable equipment, suitable for thelocations and equipped with the proper plug,can be used with non-hazardous rated ARreceptacles, DBR and WSR interlockedreceptacles located in non-hazardouslocations, with EBBR, EPC and EPCBreceptacles for Class I, Groups B, C, Dhazardous locations, with DR and DBRinterlocked receptacles for Class II, Groups F,G hazardous locations, and with NBR/NSRinterlocked receptacles for wet and corrosivelocations

Standard Materials:� Receptacle housings – copper-freealuminum� Insulators (plug and receptacle) – Krydonmaterial� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass� Enclosure and operating handle – Krydonfiberglass-reinforced polyester material� Other exterior parts – stainless steel

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – baked-on powderepoxy� Stainless steel – natural� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plated� Enclosure – natural (gray)� Insulator (plug and receptacle) – natural(red)

Options:� Special polarity – for use where two or morereceptacles for the same ampere rating, styleand number of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages.Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees toright (viewed from face) and matching plug –add suffix S4 to Cat. No.� Hubs for other conduit sizes can besupplied. See listing on page 655.

Certifications andCompliances:� NEMA 3, 3R, 4*, 4X*, 12� ANSI/UL standard 489� UL standard 1682� CSA

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1033



3PNSR Arktite® InterlockedReceptacles with EnclosedDisconnect SwitchesAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs��

240 and 600 VAC250 VDCNEMA 3,3R,4,4X,12WatertightCorrosion-Resistant

240VAC/250VDC 600VAC/250VDCStyle 1† Style 2† Style 1† Style 2†

Conduit 3-wire, 3-wire, AC DC 3-wire, 3-wire, AC DCOpening 3-pole 4-pole HP HP 3-pole 4-pole HP HP

Amps Sizes§ Cat. # Cat. # Rating Rating Cat. # Cat. # Rating Rating

FUSIBLE30 3⁄4 NSR331** NSR332** 3 5 NSR3351* NSR3352* 71⁄2 560 11⁄4 NSR631** NSR632** 5 10 NSR6351* NSR6352* 20 10100 2 NSR1031** NSR1032** 10 20 NSR10351* NSR10352* 30 20

NON-FUSIBLE30 3⁄4 NSR3341 NSR3342 71⁄2 5 NSR33541 NSR33542 20 560 11⁄4 NSR6341 NSR6342 20 10 NSR63541 NSR63542 50 10100 2 NSR10341 NSR10342 30 20 NSR103541 NSR103542 75 20

APJ/NPJ PLUGS600VAC/250VDC, with Cable Grip and Neoprene Bushing

AmpsCableO.D. Range

Style 1†3-wire, 3-pole Cat. #

Style 2†3-wire, 4-pole Cat. #

30 0.60 to 1.20 APJ3375 APJ34850.55 to 0.70 NPJ34830.70 to 0.85 NPJ3484



* Arranged for NEC Class H fuses. May be field converted to NEC Class Jfuses.

** Fuse clips accommodate NEC Class H fuses. For NEC Class J fuses, use600V switches.

�� Pressure connectors are supplied as standard. To specify crimp/soldertype terminators add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number. For example:APJ3375-T (Plug)

† Style 1 – Grounded through shell. Style 2 – Grounded through extra poleand shell. For a detailed description of these grounding methods, see page967.

§ For alternate hub sizes, refer to catalog page 658.

Dimensions

APJ NPJ

Amps b a aa30 313⁄8 413⁄16 760 33 513⁄16 613⁄16

100 333⁄4 65⁄8 73⁄4Dim. ‘‘a’’ and ‘‘aa’’ are exposed portion ofplug when engaged with receptacle.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1034



3P NBR Arktite® InterlockedReceptacles with EnclosedCircuit BreakersAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs

NEMA 3,3R,4*,4X*,12WatertightCorrosion-Resistant

Application:NBR Arktite interlocked receptacles withenclosed circuit breakers are used:� to supply power and provide short circuitprotection, thermal overload protection, anda disconnect means for portable electricalequipment such as motor generator sets,compressors, conveyors, and other similarequipment� in locations where corrosion is presentsuch as in offshore and marine locations,pulp and paper mills, chemical plants, foodprocessing, and sewage treatment plants� indoors and outdoors in damp, wet orhosedown locations

Features:� Enclosures are made of Krydon® high-impact strength fiberglass-reinforcedpolyester material having excellent resistanceto corrosion and heat� Receptacles are mechanically interlockedwith circuit breakers which provide adisconnect means, short circuit protection,and thermal time delay overload protection� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom is mechanicallyinterlocked with the circuit breaker operatingmechanism. The circuit breaker cannot beclosed until the plug is fully inserted and theplug cannot be withdrawn unless the breakeris open� Enclosure has hinged access door for easywiring and maintenance. Three screws,hidden behind access door in door frame,prevent disassembly when door is locked� Enclosure access door is mechanicallyinterlocked with operating handle and cannotbe opened unless operating handle operatoris in ‘‘OFF’’ position� A Krydon material hub (not mounted) issupplied with each enclosure as follows:Rating Hub Size Cat. #30A 3⁄4 NHUB260A 11⁄4 NHUB4100A 2 NHUB6For alternate hub sizes, refer to catalog page658.� Receptacle has self-closing spring doorassembly to provide environmentalprotection� Operating handle can be padlocked in‘‘OFF’’ position. Breaker is trip-free of handleand will open under short circuit or overloadwhen handle is in the ‘‘ON’’ position� Provided with top and bottom mountingfeet which may be rotated 90° to vertical orhorizontal mounting positions

*30 & 60A style 2 only

Interchangeability of PlugsWith Other Non-HazardousAnd Hazardous LocationReceptacles:� Plugs listed for use with NBR assembliesare standard Arktite APJ/NPJ plugs. Otherstandard APJ/NPJ and CPH plugs of thesame rating, style and number of poles maybe used with NBR receptacles, as well as withDR receptacles listed in Section 2P, and withEBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles listed inSection 4P� Portable equipment, suitable for thelocations and equipped with the proper plug,can be used with non-hazardous rated ARreceptacles, DBR and WSR interlockedreceptacles located in non-hazardouslocations, with EBBR, EPC and EPCBreceptacles for Class I, Groups B, C, Dhazardous locations, with DR and DBRinterlocked receptacles for Class II, Groups F,G hazardous locations, and with NBR/NSRinterlocked receptacles for wet and corrosivelocations

Standard Materials:� Enclosure, covers and operating handles –Krydon fiberglass reinforced polyestermaterial� Operating shafts – stainless steel� Receptacle housings – copper-freealuminum� Receptacle insulators – Krydon material� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – baked on powderepoxy� Stainless steel – natural� Enclosure – natural� Receptacle insulators – natural (red)� Brass – natural� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plated

Certifications andCompliances:� NEMA 3, 3R, 4*, 4X*, 12� ANSI/UL Standard 489� UL Standard 1682� CSA

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Receptacles – 30, 60 and 100 amperes� Circuit Breakers – 100 ampere frame size

NOTE: For additional dimensional data, seepage 655, enclosure catalog numberNCB1024.

Options:� Special polarity – for use where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating, styleand number of poles are to be installed onthe same premises for use of differentvoltages. Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2degrees to right (viewed from face) and plugchanged to match – add suffix S4 to Cat. No.� Hubs for other conduit sizes can besupplied. See listing on page 658.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1035



3PNBR Arktite® InterlockedReceptacles with EnclosedCircuit BreakersAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs��

3-Pole, 600 VAC

NEMA 3,3R,4,4X,12WatertightCorrosion-Resistant

100 Ampere Frame Size with Non-Interchangeable Trip‡§

EnclosureReceptacle Ckt. Without WithWith Spring Hub Brkr. Circuit Cutler-Hammer CircuitDoor Housing Size Amps Breaker Cat. # Breaker Cat. #

STYLE 1†20 NBR53731-WT20-330 amp., 30 NBR53731-WT30-33-wire, 3⁄4 40 NBR53731 NBR53731-WT40-3*3-pole 50 NBR53731-WT50-3*

50 NBR56731-WT50-360 amp., 60 NBR56731-WT60-33-wire, 11⁄4 70 NBR56731 NBR56731-WT70-3*3-pole 90 NBR56731-WT90-3*

100 NBR56731-WT100-3*

60 NBR51731-WT60-3100 amp., 70 NBR51731-WT70-33-wire, 2 90 NBR51731 NBR51731-WT90-33-pole 100 NBR51731-WT100-3

STYLE 2†20 NBR53742-WT20-330 amp., 30 NBR53742-WT30-33-wire, 3⁄4 40 NBR53742 NBR53742-WT40-3*4-pole 50 NBR53742-WT50-3*

50 NBR56742-WT50-360-amp., 60 NBR56742-WT60-33-wire, 11⁄4 70 NBR56742 NBR56742-WT70-3*4-pole 90 NBR56742-WT90-3*

100 NBR56742-WT100-3*

60 NBR51742-WT60-3100 amp., 70 NBR51742-WT70-33-wire, 2 90 NBR51742 NBR51742-WT90-34-pole 100 NBR51742-WT100-3

APJ/NPJ Plugs600 VACWith Cable Grip andNeoprene Bushing

APJ

NPJ

Style 1† Style 2†Cable 3-wire, 3-wire,O.D. 3-pole 4-pole

Amps Range Cat. # Cat. #0.60 to 1.20 APJ3375 APJ3485

30 0.55 to 0.70 NPJ34830.70 to 0.85 NPJ34840.75 to 1.45 APJ6375 APJ6485

60 0.75 to 1.07 NPJ64841.07 to 1.35 NPJ64851.00 to 1.70 APJ10377 APJ10487

100 0.93 to 1.21 NPJ104861.21 to 1.50 NPJ10487

Dimensions

APJ NPJ

Amps b a aa30 313⁄8 413⁄16 760 33 513⁄16 613⁄16

100 333⁄4 65⁄8 73⁄4Dim. ‘‘a’’ and ‘‘aa’’ are exposed portion ofplug when engaged with receptacle.

* Circuit breaker trip rating may exceed receptacle ratingfor welding equipment applications only, as higher triprating may not protect wiring.

�� Pressure connectors are standard. Crimp soldertype terminators are optionally available for 3 and 4-pole30, 60 and 100 ampere. For details, see table on page969. To specify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number.For example: APJ3375-T (Plug).

§ Also available with interchangeable trip breakers.Specify on order.

† Style 1 – Grounded through shell. Style 2 – Groundedthrough extra pole and shell. For a detailed description ofthese grounding methods, see page 967.

‡ For circuit breaker Cat. No. refer to Section 6C. Table 9,List FDB. For detailed information on circuit breakerselection, see Section 6C.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1036



3P DSR Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles with EnclosedDisconnect Switches

Cl. II, Div 1 and 2, Group GCl. IIICSA Encl. 3,5NEMA 3,12

RaintightDust-Ignitionproof

Dimensions

a: 60 Amps – 223⁄4100 Amps – 231⁄2

Application:� The DSR disconnect switches are used as aservice outlet for portable or fixed electricalequipment – generators, compressors,welders, etc.� They are designed for use in hazardousand non-hazardous areas where dust,moisture and corrosion may be a problem.� Designed for surface mounting.� A fusible type switch, when used, alsoprovides short circuit protection.

Features:� Switches� Type DS disconnect is a compact loadbreak switch using the De-ion arc quenchingprinciple and quick make-quick break overcenter toggle mechanism. It has visiblecontacts, is CSA listed up to 75 hp., and isavailable either as a fusible or non-fusibleswitch.� Enclosures are compact and rectangular inshape permitting close spacing with agasketing cover.� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom is mechanicallyinterlocked with the switch operatingmechanism. The switch cannot be closeduntil the plug is fully inserted and the plugcannot be withdrawn unless the switch isopen.� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions.� Enclosure is provided with a drilled andtapped conduit opening at top center,equipped with a thread-in bushing. The sizefurnished is 11⁄2�, and removing the bushingpermits the use of a 2� conduit.

Standard Materials:� Bodies, covers and operating handles –copper-free aluminum.� Operating shafts – stainless steel.� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum.� Insulation: plugs and receptacles –fiberglass-reinforced polyester.� Contacts – brass.

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural.� Stainless steel – natural.� Brass – Bright Dip.� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red).

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 3-Wire, 4-Pole: Fusible or non-fusible:

240 VAC 250 vdc: 600 vac60, 100 amperes

� 15 to 75 HP

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC/CEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2,

Group GClass III

� CSA Encl. 3,5� NEMA: 3,12


DescriptionSpecial polarity for use where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating, styleand number of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages.Available as follows:� Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees toright (viewed from face) and plug changed tomatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4� Breather (drain furnished asstandard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S219� Conduit arrangements other than standardcan be supplied . . . . . . . . . Details on request.

Ordering Information:Mating Arktite®

Interlocks PlugsMax. Max. DSR Dia. Style 2

Conduit HP HP 240VAC 600VAC Outside of Cable 3-wireOpening Rating Rating 250VDC 250VDC Flexible Conduit or 4-pole

System Amps Sizes 240VAC 600VAC Cat. # Cat. # Armored Cable Cat. #3-Wire, 4-Pole 60 11⁄2 15 50 DSR632** DSR6352* .75 to 1.45 APJ6485Style 2, Fusible 100 11⁄2 30 75 DSR10352* 1.00 to 1.70 APJ104873-Wire, 4-Pole 60 11⁄2 15 50 DSR6342 DSR63542 .75 to 1.45 APJ6485Style 2, Non-Fusible 100 11⁄2 30 75 DSR10342 DSR103542 1.00 to 1.70 APJ10487

* Arranged for Class J fuses.** Arranged for Class H fuses.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1037



3PWSQC Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles with EnclosedSwitchesAPJ Plugs

30 & 60A600 VACNEMA 3R,12

RaintightDust Tight

Application:WSQC dead front interlocked receptacleswith APJ, NPJ, BP or FP plugs are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as hand lamps, lightingsystems, power tools, conveyors, welders,compressors, etc.� in damp, wet or corrosive locations� indoors or outdoors in non-hazardousareas� in locations where mounting area isconfined and compact equipment is required

Features:� NEMA 3R, 12� Rainproof, dust tight� Available in 30 & 60 amps� Horsepower rated switch� Smallest footprint for interlockedreceptacles� Padlockable in OFF position; meets OSHAlockout/tagout requirements� Compatible with ArktiteTM APJ aluminumand NPJ KrydonTM material non-metallicplugs

Standard Materials:� Enclosure – copper-free aluminum� Cover & spring door – copper-freealuminum� Insulator – KrydonTM material� Contacts – brass� Cover Gasket – Neoprene

Certifications &Compliances:� NEMA 3R, 12� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 14, 182.1� UL and cUL Listed

Dimensions (In Inches)

Amps A B C D E

30A 31⁄8 93⁄4 — 53⁄4 3⁄8

60A 5 147⁄16 81⁄2 7 13⁄32

Horsepower RatingsSingle Phase Three Phase

Amps 120V 240V 480V 600V 120V 240V 480V 600V

30A 2 5 71⁄2 71⁄2 3 71⁄2 15 15

60A 10 25 30 10 25 30

Ordering InformationAmps Hub Config. Catalog No.

3⁄4� 2W3P WSQC23301� 2W3P WSQC3330

30A 3⁄4� 3W4P WSQC23401� 3W4P WSQC3340

11⁄2� 2W3P WSQC563060A 11⁄2� 3W4P WSQC5640

OPTIONS:� Interior rotated 221⁄2° to the right (viewedfrom face) – add suffix to Cat. # – S4, ex:WSQC5640 S4

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1038



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1039



4PPlugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty InterlockedHazardous



Interlocked Receptacle with –H.P. Rated Switch

Technical Data 1042FSQC 30A & 60A / APJ Plugs 1043FSQC 100A / APJ Plugs 1044FSQ 30A 230 Series / BP Plugs 1045FSQ 30A 232 Series / FP Plugs 1046DSR 60A & 100A 1047W2SR 30A, 60A & 100A 1048

Factory Sealed SwitchBHR 30A, 60A & 100A / BHP Plugs 1049, 1050SRD 30A & 60A / SP Plugs 1051, 1052

Circuit BreakerEBBR 30A, 60A, 100A 1053-1055EPC, 30A, 60A, 100A, 200A 1056-1058EPCB 30A, 60A, 100A 1059, 1060DBR 30A, 60A, 100A 1061, 1062

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1040



4P Plugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty InterlockedApplication and SelectionHazardous

Application� Where extra protection is a requirement.Interlocked units provide dead frontreceptacles; connection cannot be made orbroken when unit is under load.� In areas made hazardous by flammablevapors, gases or dusts; to supply power forportable electrical equipment and providesafe disconnect means and short circuitprotection.

Considerations forSelection:Environmental:� The environment of the enclosure locationin terms of NEC/CEC compliance and NEMA/EEMAC type required.� Material and construction to withstandrough usage and atmospheric conditions.Electrical:� Sufficient current carrying capacity to meetload requirements.� Compatibility with electrical system (new orexisting installation).

� Interchangeability of plugs with otherhazardous and non-hazardous areareceptacles.Function:� Switch vs. circuit breaker

Options:Special polarity arrangements, materialoptions, accessories, and optionalarrangements of enclosure interiors areavailable to meet specific application needs.See listing pages for details.


SeriesNEC/CEC & NEMA/EEMACCompliances

ReceptaclesInterlocked With Page

MatingPlugs

ElectricalRating

BHR Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,D Factory 1049 BHP 30, 60, 100 amp.Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G Sealed 1050 480VACClass III Switch 2-wire, 3-poleNEMA: 3,4,7BCD,9FG,12 3-wire, 4-pole

4-wire, 5-pole

DBR NEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G Circuit 1061 APJ/NPJ Circuit breaker:NEC: Class III breaker 1062 100 amp. frame sizeNEMA/EFC: 3,9FG,12 250VDC/600VACCEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G Receptacle:CEC: Class III 30, 60, 100 amp.Encl. 3,5 2-wire, 3-pole

3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

DSR Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group GClass III,Encl. 3,5NEMA: 3,9G,12

Switch 1047 APJ/NPJ Switch: 60 and 100 amp.600VAC/250VDCFusible or non-fusibleReceptacle:60 and 100 amp.3-wire, 4-pole

EBBR Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,D Circuit 1053 APJ/NPJ Receptacle:Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G breaker 1054 30, 60, 100 amp.Class III 1055 3-wire, 4-poleNEMA 3,3R,7BCD,9FG,12

EPC NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D Circuit 1056 APJ/NPJ Circuit breaker:NEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G breaker 1057 100 amp. frame sizeNEC: Class III 1058 480VAC/250VDCNEMA: 3,7CD,9FG,12 Receptacle:CEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D 30, 60, 100 amp.CEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G 2-wire, 3-poleCEC: Class III 3-wire, 4-poleEncl. 3,4

EPC Class I, Division 1 and 2, Group D Circuit 1057 DP Circuit breaker:Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G breaker 1058 225 amp. frame sizeClass III 600VAC/250VDCNEMA: 3,7D,9FG,12 Receptacle:

200 amp.3-wire, 4-pole

EPCB NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,D Circuit 1059 APJ/NPJ Circuit breaker:NEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G breaker 1060 100 amp. frame sizeNEC: Class III 600VAC/250VDCNEMA: 3,7BCD,9FG,12 Receptacle:CEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,D 30, 60, 100 amp.CEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G 2-wire, 3-poleCEC: Class III 3-wire, 4-poleEncl. 3,4

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1041



4PPlugs and ReceptaclesIndustrial Heavy Duty InterlockedQuick Selector and Interchangeability ChartHazardous


SeriesNEC/CEC & NEMA/EEMACCompliances

ReceptaclesInterlocked With Page

MatingPlugs

ElectricalRating

FSQ NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DNEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GNEC: Class III

Switch 1043 APJ/NPJ 30A 250V/20A 600VAC2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

NEMA: 3,7BCD,9FG,12 1044 60A & 100ACEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,D 1045 BP 2-wire, 3-poleCEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G 1046 FP 2-wire, 3-poleCEC: Class III 3-wire, 4-poleEncl. 3,5

W2SR NEC/CEC: Class I, Division 2, Groups B,C,&D Rotary 1048 APJ/NPJ 30A,60A,100ANEC: Class I, Zone 2, Group IIB + Hydrogen Switch 3-wire, 3-poleNEMA 3R 3-wire, 4-pole

SRD Class I, Division 1 and 2, Group D Factory 1051 5P 30 & 60 amp. 480VACClass II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G Sealed 1052 2-wire, 3-poleClass III Switch 3-wire, 4-poleNEMA: 3,7D,9FG,12 4-wire, 5-pole



Can be Usedwith TheseReceptacleSeries

Listed inSection

Plug &ReceptacleElectricalRating

APJ/NPJ AR, NR 1P 30, 60, 100 amp.DR 2P 2-wire, 3-poleFSQ, EPC, EPCB, 4P 3-wire, 4-poleDBR, EBBR, C2SR,FSQC, C2SR, DSR,DBR, NBR, NSR, 3P 30, 60, 100 amp.W2SR, WSR, CSR,WSRD, WSRDW,WSQC, DSR,WSRDCHS901

3-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole

BHP SRGSRDBHR

3P4P4P

30, 60, 100 amp.2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole4-wire, 5-pole

SP SRGBHRSRD

3P4P4P

30, 60 amp.2-wire, 3-pole3-wire, 4-pole4-wire, 5-pole


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1042



4P FSQ Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles and SwitchesAPJ/NPJ, BP and FP Plugs

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B*,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. III


Application:FSQ dead front interlocked receptacles andswitches with APJ/NPJ, BP and FP plugs areused:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as hand lamps, lightingsystems, power tools, conveyors and similarequipment.� in areas which are hazardous due to thepresence of flammable vapors or gases andcombustible dusts.� in damp, wet or corrosive locations� indoors or outdoors at petroleum refineries,chemical and petrochemical plants andfacilities for processing and handling grain,flour and starch.

Features:� FSQ dead front interlocked receptacles andswitches, as shown in the listings, areavailable with four different types ofreceptacles, each of which is positivelypolarized to prevent mismating. With thischoice of receptacle types, power outlets forseveral different voltages can be installed inthe same area with assurance that portableequipment cannot be conected to areceptacle of improper voltage.� All FSQ assemblies have the sameoutstanding safety features. The plug mustbe fully inserted in the receptacle and rotatedclockwise to operate the enclosed switch,closing the circuit to the receptacle. The plugcannot be withdrawn until it is rotatedcounter-clockwise and the switch opened.Plug and receptacle contacts cannot bemade or broken under load and when plugand receptacle are not engaged, receptacleis dead front.� An added safety feature is provided by thecover screw. The cover cannot be removedwhen the switch is closed and with the coverremoved and cover screw in place, the switchcannot be operated by the plug.

Grounding:� NEC Article 501 and CEC Part 1 Section 18requires that metal frames or exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of portabledevices used in hazardous areas begrounded through an extra conductor in theportable cord.� All FSQ receptacles and matching plugsare provided with an extra grounding pole. Inthe plugs, provision is made for attachmentof the grounding wire. In addition, directconnection is provided between plug andreceptacle housings and the grounding pole.If a separate grounding wire is not installed inthe receptacle, grounding is accomplishedthrough the conduit system.

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups

B*,C,DClass II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GClass III

� NEMA: 3,7B*CD,9FG,12� ANSI/UL Standard: 1010� CEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups

B,C,DClass II, Division 1 and 2, Group GClass III

� Encl. 3,5� CSA Standard: C22.2 No. 30


Dimensions:

FSQC5630, 5640

Maximum DimensionsCat. # Page a b c d e fFSQC2320, 3320FSQC2430, 3430 4P-3 43⁄4 31⁄8 53⁄4 93⁄4 3⁄8FSQC2390, 3390FSQ230, 330 Series 4P-4 43⁄4 65⁄8 31⁄8 53⁄4 101⁄4 3⁄8FSQ232, 332 Series 4P-5 43⁄4 65⁄8 31⁄8 51⁄2 91⁄2 3⁄8FSQ233, 333 Series

Interchangeability of Plugswith Other Hazardous andNon-Hazardous LocationReceptacles:� Plugs listed for FSQC receptacles on 1043are standard APJ/NPJ plugs. Other standardAPJ/NPJ and CPH plugs of the same rating,style and number of poles may be used withFSQC receptacles as well as with DR, DBR,EBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles listed inSection 2P and 4P.� As a result, portable equipment suitable forthe location and equipped with the properplug can be used with AR series receptaclesfor non-hazardous areas, EBBR, EPC, EPCB,and FSQC receptacles for Class I hazardouslocations; DR and DBR receptacles for ClassII hazardous locations.

* FSQC units on page 1043 are listed for Class I, Group B, NEMA 7.FSQ units on pages 1045 & 1046 require suffix ‘‘GB’’.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1043



4PFSQC Arktite® Dead FrontInterlocked Receptacles and SwitchesAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EEMAC 3,7BCD,9FG,12


Applications:FSQC dead front switched interlockreceptacles are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as hand lamps, lightingsystems, power tools, conveyors, weldersand similar equipment.� in areas which are hazardous due to thepresence of flammable vapors or gases andcombustible dusts.� in damp, wet or corrosive locations.� indoors or outdoors at petroleum refineries,chemical and petrochemical plants andfacilities for processing and handling grain,flour and starch.

Product Features:� Compatible with Arktite® APJ aluminum andNPJ Krydon® plugs� Switch cannot be turned ‘‘ON’’ until plug isfully inserted and rotated.� Plug cannot be withdrawn under load� Cover cannot be removed when switch is‘‘ON’’� Satisfies OSHA lockout tagout requirement.� Smallest mounting footprint for interlocks

Materials:� Enclosure – Feraloy® iron alloy or copper-free aluminum� Cover and spring door – copper-freealuminum� Insulator – Krydon®

� Contacts – brass

Certifications andCompliances:� NEMA 3, 7BCD, 9FG, 12� NEC/CEC: Class I, Division 1 & 2, Groups

B, C & DClass I, Zone 1, Group IIB+HydrogenClass II, Division 1 & 2, Groups F, GClass III

� ANSI/UL Standards 1010 UL Listed� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30 cUL Listed &C22.2 No. 159

Options:Description SuffixSpecial polarity, receptacle interiorrotated 221⁄2° S4Copper-free aluminum enclosure –60A only SA

FSQCReceptaclesWith Spring Door(Through Feed Hubs)

Horsepower Rating:Single Phase

Amps 120V 240V 480V 600V30A 2 5 71⁄2 71⁄2

60A — 10 25 30

Three PhaseAmps 120V 240V 480V 600V30A 3 71⁄2 15 15

60A — 10 25 30

Ordering Information:Amps Hub Config. Description Catalog Number Matching Plug

3⁄4�2W3P 2 Pole Switch FSQC2320 APJ3385

3W4P 3 Pole Switch FSQC2430 APJ348530A

1�2W3P 2 Pole Switch FSQC3320 APJ3385

3W4P 3 Pole Switch FSQC3430 APJ3485

60A 11⁄2�2W3P 2 Pole Switch FSQC5630 APJ6385

3W4P 3 Pole Switch FSQC5640 APJ6485

FSQC for Use with Magnetic Motor Starters or ContactorsFSQC units listed below operate in the same way as standard units but are intended only foruse with magnetic motor starters or contactors. (Wiring diagram 1)Receptacles have leads for splicing to conductors from the load side of contactor. The switchactuated by the plug is wired into the starter or contactor coil circuit and controls only thiscircuit. The starter or contactor is energized only when the plug is fully inserted and rotated toclose the switch. Since the plug is inserted or withdrawn only when the switch is open, thecircuit cannot be made or broken under the load.Plugs used are standard APJ units and special polarity units listed are recommended whereinterchange with devices for other wiring systems is possible.

FSQCReceptacles

APJ/NPJ Plugs

With Spring Door(Through Feed Hubs)30 Amperes, 250 VAC or VDC; 20 Amperes, 600 VACNo. of Hub Receptacle Cable PlugPoles Size Cat. # Dia. Cat. #

3⁄4 FSQC2390 0.60 to 1.20 APJ34853⁄4 FSQC2390-S4 { APJ3485-S4

3-wire 0.55 to 0.70 NPJ34834-pole } { NPJ3483-S4

1 FSQC3390 0.70 to 0.85 NPJ34841 FSQC3390-S4 { NPJ3484-S4

Wiring Diagram 1(FSQC2390 and 3390 only)

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1044

PDFINFO C H 0 0 2 C - 3


4P 100 Amp FSQ Dead FrontInterlocked

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2 Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,3R,4,4X,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof

NEMA 4Watertight

Applications:� to supply power to portable or fixedelectrical equipment such as welders,pumps, motors, machine tools, conveyors, oilrigs, mixers grain elevators, petroleumrefineries, chemical and petrochemical plants� in hazardous areas containing flammablevapors or gases and combustible dusts� in damp, wet or hosedown environments� in highly corrosive locations

Features:� NEMA Type 4 watertight� suitable for Group B� compact housing� simple operation� compatible with Arktite® APJ aluminium andNPJ Krydon® plugs� H.P.-rated enclosed switch� 4 mounting feet can be rotated for flexibilityin positioning to surface� wiring channel provided under switch foreasy wire routing to terminals� dual botton-feed hubs and one top hub forconvenient feed-through installation� bread-loose fork lugs case in place for easyremoval of cover

Safety First:� power cannot be turned ‘‘on’’O until plug isfully inserted and Uni-Loc collar is rotated� when Uni-Loc collar is in ‘‘on’’ position,plug is locked in place to preventdisengagement under load� cover cannot be removed while switch is‘‘on’’� Cover-LocTM design prevents switch frombeing turned ‘‘on’’ while cover is removed� Uni-Loc collar aligns with lug on housing topermit OSHA lockout/tagout in the ‘‘off’’position

Materials:� body—copper–free aluminum� cover—copper–free aluminum� locking collar—Feraloy®iron alloy� insulator—Krydon® material� contacts—brass

Certifications andCompliances:� NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X*, 7BCD, 12� Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups B,C & D� Class I, Zone 1, Group IIB + H2

� Class II, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups F & G� Class III� ANSI/UL Standards 1010 & 98 UL Listed� cUL Listed, CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30,C22.2 No. 159� NEMA 4X when ordered with suffix S752

Electrical Rating:100A, 600VAC

Ordering Information:Hub H.P.

Rating Config. Size Rating Cat. #100A, 3W4P 2� 50 H.P. FSQC61040600VAC @600V, 480V

Options:Special polarity—receptacle interior rotated221⁄2° to right. Add suffix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4(example: FSQC61040 S4)NEMA 4X—epoxy powder coated.Add suffix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S752(example: FSQC61040 S752)Auxiliary contact. Add suffix . . . . . . . . . . S483Breather/Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S756V

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1045



4PFSQ Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles and SwitchesBP Plugs

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B*,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EEMAC 3,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof

Dust-IgnitionproofRaintightWet Locations

Note:� For information on application, features,groundings and compliances, see page1042. � Available with 3⁄4� and 1� hubs in variousarrangements, as shown in the listings.

Standard Materials:� Switch enclosure and receptacle housing –Feraloy® iron alloy� Threaded cover and spring door – copper-free aluminum� Plug exteriors; handle body – copper-freealuminum� Protective sleeve – steel� Insulation (plug and receptacle) – Krydon®

fiberglass reinforced polyester� Contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Feraloy iron alloy – electrogalvanized andaluminum acrylic paint� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Steel – zinc electroplate with chromatefinish� Brass – natural� Krydon, fiberglass reinforced polyester –natural (red)

*Class I, Group B:FSQ units listed below are also availablemodified for Class I, Group B (NEMA 7B)usage. Add suffix GB to the Cat. No.Example: FSQC230-GB. Seals must beinstalled within 11⁄2� of each conduit opening.

BP PlugsWith Cable Gripand Neoprene BushingCableDia. Cat. #.375 to .500 BP49.500 to .625 BP59.625 to .750 BP69.750 to .875 BP79

CAUTION: To reduce the risk ofignition of hazardous atmospheres,do not use plugs or receptacles inClass II, Group F locations thatcontain electrically conductivedusts.

FSQ ReceptaclesWith Spring Door

30 Amperes, 250 VAC or VDC; 20 Amperes, 600 VAC; 2 HP, 120-600 VACNo. of Hub Hub HubPoles Size Arrangement Cat. # Arrangement Cat. #

3⁄4 FSQC230 FSQD2301 FSQC330 FSQD330

2-wire,3 pole(2-poleswitch)

3⁄4 FSQA230 FSQX2301 FSQA330 FSQX330

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1046



4P FSQ Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles and SwitchesFP Plugs

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B*,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 3,7B*CD,9FG,12Explosionproof


Note:� For information on application, features,groundings and compliances, see page1042.� Available with 3⁄4� and 1� hubs in variousarrangements, as shown in the listings.

Standard Materials:� Switch enclosures and receptacle housings– Feraloy® iron alloy� Threaded covers – copper-free aluminum� Plug exteriors – FP323 and FP334 –copper-free aluminum� Insulation: receptacles – Krydon® fiberglassreinforced polyester; FP323 and FP334 plugs– Krydon® fiberglass reinforced polyester� Contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Feraloy iron alloy – electrogalvanized andaluminum acrylic paint� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Krydon-fiberglass reinforced polyester –natural (red)� Brass – natural

Options:� Addition of cap and chain (copper-freealuminum, natural finish) to FSQassemblies with threaded housingprotects interior when plug is not in use.Add suffix S1 to Cat. No.

* Class I, Group B:FSQ units listed below are also availablemodified for Class I, Group B (NEMA 7B)usage. Add suffix GB to the Cat. No.Example: FSQC232-GB. Seals must beinstalled within 11⁄2� of each conduit opening.

FSQ ReceptaclesWith Threaded Housing

30 Amperes, 250 VAC or VDC; 20 Amperes, 600 VAC; 2 HP, 120-600 VACNo. of Hub Hub HubPoles Size Switch Arrangement Cat. # Arrangement Cat. #2-wire 3⁄4 2-pole FSQC232 FSQD2323-pole 1 FSQC332 FSQD332

2-wire 3⁄4 2-pole FSQA232 FSQX2323-pole 1 FSQA332 FSQX332

30 Amperes, 240 VAC; 20 Amperes, 600 VAC; 2 HP, 120-600 VAC3-wire 3⁄4 3-pole FSQC233 FSQD2334-pole 1 FSQC333 FSQD333

3-wire 3⁄4 3-pole FSQA233 FSQX2334-pole 1 FSQA333 FSQX333

FP PlugsWith Cable Gripand Neoprene BushingNo. of CablePoles Dia. Cat. #2-wire, .500 to .875 FP3233-pole3-wire, .500 to .875 FP3344-pole

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1047



4PDSR Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacle with EnclosedDisconnect Switches

Cl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Group GCl. IIINEMA: 3,9G,12Encl. 3,5Dust-Ignitionproof

Raintight

Application:� The DSR disconnect switches are used as aservice outlet for portable or fixed electricalequipment – generators, compressors,welders, etc.� They are designed for use in hazardousand non-hazardous areas where dust,moisture and corrosion may be a problem.� Designed for surface mounting.� A fusible type switch, when used, alsoprovides short circuit protection.

Features:� Switches� Type DS disconnect is a compact loadbreak switch using the De-ion arc quenchingprinciple and quick make-break over centertoggle mechanism. It has visible contacts, isCSA listed up to 30 hp., and is availableeither as a fusible or non-fusible switch.� Enclosures are compact and rectangular inshape permitting close spacing with agasketing cover.� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom is mechanicallyinterlocked with the switch operatingmechanism. The switch cannot be closeduntil the plug is fully inserted and the plugcannot be withdrawn unless the switch isopen.� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions.� Enclosure is provided with a drilled andtapped conduit opening at top center,equipped with a thread-in bushing. The sizefurnished is 11⁄2�, and removing the bushingpermits the use of a 2� conduit.

Standard Materials:� Bodies, covers and operating handles –copper-free aluminum.� Operating shafts – stainless steel.� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum.� Insulation: plugs and receptacles –fiberglass-reinforced polyester.� Contacts – brass.

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural.� Stainless steel – natural.� Brass – Bright Dip.� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red).

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 3-Wire, 4-Pole:

Fusible or non-fusible:240VAC 250vdc: 600 vac60, 100 amperes

� 15 to 75 hp

Dimensions:

Options:The following special options are available byadding suffix to Cat. No.DescriptionSpecial polarity for use where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating, styleand number of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages.Available as follows:� Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees toright (viewed from face) and plug changed tomatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4� Breather (drain furnished asstandard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S219� Conduit arrangements other than standardcan be supplied . . . . . . . . Details on request.

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC/CEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G

Class III� Encl. 3,5� NEMA 3,9G,12

Ordering Information:Max. Max. DSR

Conduit HP HP 240VAC 600VACOpening Rating Rating 250VDC 250VDC

System Amps Sizes 240VAC 600VAC Cat. # Cat. #3-Wire, 4-Pole 60 11⁄2 15 50 DSR632** DSR6352*Style 2, Fusible 100 11⁄2 30 75 DSR10352*

3-Wire, 4-Pole 60 11⁄2 15 50 DSR6342 DSR63542Style 2, Non-Fusible 100 11⁄2 30 75 DSR10342 DSR103542

* Arranged for Class J fuses.** Arranged for Class H fuses.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1048



4P W2SR Metallic InterlockedArktite® ReceptaclesDivision 2

W2SR Interlocked Arktite® Receptacles

Product Features:� NEMA 3R� Rainproof locations� Available in 30, 60 & 100 amps� RSWP factory-sealed explosionproof switch� No external seals required� Hinged door mechanically interlocked with operating handle� Operating handle meets OSHA lockout/tagout requirements� Compatible with Arktite® APJ aluminum and NPJ Krydon® material non-metallic plugs

Materials:� Enclosure – copper-free aluminum� Operating handle – copper-free aluminum� Other exterior parts – stainless steel� Receptacle housings – copper-free aluminum� Insulator — Krydon® material� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass� Pressure contacts – brass

Certifications and Compliances:� NEMA 3R� NEC/CEC: Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C & D� NEC: Class I, Zone 2, Group IIB+Hydrogen� UL Standards 508, 1604, 1682 UL Listed� CSA Standard C22.2 No. 182.1 & No. 213 cUL Listed

Horsepower Ratings:Single Phase Three Phase

Amps 120V 240V 120V 240V 480V 600V

30A 2 3 3 71⁄2 15 20

60A 3 71⁄2 71⁄2 15 30 40

100A 5 10 10 20 40 60

Ordering Information:Amps Hub Config. Catalog No.

30A 1�3W3P W2SR33541

3W4P W2SR33542

60A 11⁄4�3W3P W2SR63541

3W4P W2SR63542

100A 11⁄2�3W3P W2SR103541

3W4P W2SR103542

OPTIONS – The following options are available from the factory by adding suffix to the catalog number:1) Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4

Dimensions: (In Inches)

30 60 100Amps Amps Amps

A 113⁄4 113⁄4 147⁄8

B 201⁄16 201⁄16 265⁄16

C 69⁄16 69⁄16 99⁄16

D 71⁄4 71⁄4 81⁄4

E 215⁄32 215⁄32 27⁄8

F 2711⁄16 2811⁄16 353⁄8

Mtg. Holes 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1049



4PBHR Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles with Factory Sealed SwitchBHP Plugs

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,4,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof


Application:BHR dead front interlocked receptacles andswitches with BHP plugs are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as motor-generator sets,compressors, heating and cooling units,lighting systems, conveyors, and similarequipment� primarily in areas which are hazardous dueto the presence of hydrogen or gases, orvapors of equivalent hazard such asmanufactured gas� in damp, wet, or corrosive locations� indoors or outdoors in hydrogen areas ofprocess industries, missile bases wherehydrogen fuel is used, and gasmanufacturing plants

Features:� BHR receptacles feature a built-in rotaryswitch which is operated automatically whenthe plug is inserted and withdrawn. Theswitch, capable of making and breaking thecircuit at full rated load, is operated by ahelical blade in the center of the plug� The plug and receptacle contacts cannotbe made or broken under load. When theplug is inserted, the plug and receptaclecontacts engage before the switch closes.When the plug is withdrawn, the switchopens before the plug and receptaclecontacts disengage. This sequence ofoperation provides maximum safety in a deadfront receptacle. Arcing is isolated in a flameand dust-tight chamber� Operation is simple, safe and positive. Todisconnect the portable device, the plugfastening ring is unscrewed and the plugsimply pulled straight out. No separateinterlock device or operating handle need beactuated� Positive engagement without mismatchingis assured by a distinct physical polarizationof the plug and receptacle in every rating�Plugs are furnished with pressureterminations. Receptacles are furnished withflexible leads for splicing to the supplyconductors. A large threaded cover providesaccess to the wiring compartment� As shown in the listings, assemblies areavailable for top, bottom or through feedconduit arrangements in 3⁄4� to 2� sizes

Grounding:� BHR receptacles and BHP plugs areprovided with an extra grounding pole. Inplugs, provision is made for attachment ofthe grounding wire to the grounding pole. Inaddition, direct connection is providedbetween the plug and receptacle housingsand the grounding pole. In the receptacle,grounding is accomplished through theconduit system

Standard Materials:� Receptacle housings – copper-freealuminum� Seals – malleable iron� Plug exteriors – copper-free aluminum� Insulation – high impact glass filledphenolic� Contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Malleable iron – electrogalvanized andaluminum lacquer� Phenolic – natural (black)� Brass – silver plated

Options:� Special polarity – where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating andnumber of poles are to be installed in thesame areas for use on different voltages,alternate polarizations can be furnished.Details on request

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 30, 60 and 100 amperes, 480vac

Certifications andCompliances:� Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,D

Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GClass III

� NEMA: 3,4,7BCD,9FG,12� ANSI/UL Standard: 1010CAUTION: To reduce the risk of ignition ofhazardous atmospheres, do not use plugs orreceptacles in Class II, Group F locations thatcontain electrically conductive dusts

Dimensions: (in inches)BHR/BHP BHR only

BHR/BHP in use

BHR/BHP Separatedshowing helical driver

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1050



4P BHR Dead Front InterlockedReceptacles with FactorySealed SwitchBHP Plugs480 VAC, 60-400 hertz

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,4,7BCD,9FG,12


RECEPTACLEReceptacles are supplied ready to install with a threaded cap. Through feed hubs are standard.Sealing fittings, nipples and closure plugs ordered seperatley depending on application.Receptacles can be configured for Top Feed, Bottom feed or Through feed. Order required parts incatalog section 6C.

AMPS CONFIG. HUB SIZE CATALOG #2 wire 3 pole 3⁄4 BHRC3382N2 wire 3 pole 1 BHRC3383N

30 3 wire 4 pole 3⁄4 BHRC3482D3 wire 4 pole 1 BHRC3483D4 wire 5 pole 1 BHRC3583NW4 wire 5 pole 1 1⁄4 BHRC3584NW

2 wire 3 pole 1 1⁄4 BHRC6384N2 wire 3 pole 1 1⁄2 BHRC6385N

60 3 wire 4 pole 1 1⁄4 BHRC6484D3 wire 4 pole 1 1⁄2 BHRC6485D4 wire 5 pole 1 1⁄4 BHRC6584NW4 wire 5 pole 1 1⁄2 BHRC6585NW

2 wire 3 pole 1 1⁄4 BHRC10384N2 wire 3 pole 1 1⁄2 BHRC10385N

100 3 wire 4 pole 1 1⁄2 BHRC10485D3 wire 4 pole 2 BHRC10486D4 wire 5 pole 1 1⁄2 BHRC10585NW4 wire 5 pole 2 BHRC10586NW

PLUGSPlugs mate to BHR receptacles. Plugs are supplied with threaded locking ring that threads ontoreceptacle housing for secure connection and environmental seal. Mechanical external cord gripand neoprene bushing provided for secure cord retention and environmental seal.

AMPS CONFIG. CABLE DIA. CATALOG #2 wire 3 pole .500 - .875 BHP3383N2 wire 3 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP3385N

30 3 wire 4 pole .500 - .875 BHP3483D3 wire 4 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP3485D4 wire 5 pole .500 - .875 BHP3583NW4 wire 5 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP3585NW

2 wire 3 pole .500 - .875 BHP6383N2 wire 3 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP6385N

60 3 wire 4 pole .500 - .875 BHP6483D3 wire 4 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP6485D4 wire 5 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP6585NW4 wire 5 pole 1.375 - 1.875 BHP6587NW

2 wire 3 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP10385N2 wire 3 pole 1.375 - 1.875 BHP10387N

100 3 wire 4 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP10485D3 wire 4 pole 1.375 - 1.875 BHP10487D4 wire 5 pole .875 - 1.375 BHP10585NW4 wire 5 pole 1.375 - 1.875 BHP10587NW

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1051



4PDead Front Interlocked Receptacleswith Factory Sealed SwitchSP Plugs480 VAC, 60-400 hertz

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Group DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,7D,9FG,12Explosionproof


Application:SRD dead front interlocked receptacles,switches, and SP plugs are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as motor-generator sets,compressors, heating and cooling units,lighting systems, conveyors and similarequipment� in areas which are hazardous due to thepresence of flammable vapors or gases andcombustible dusts� in damp, wet or corrosive locations� indoors or outdoors at petroleum refineries,chemical and petrochemical plants, as wellas facilities for processing and handlinggrain, flour and starch

Features:� SRD receptacles feature a built-in rotaryswitch that operates automatically when theplug is inserted and withdrawn. The switch,capable of making and breaking the circuit atfull rated load, is operated by a helical bladein the center of the plug.� The plug and receptacle contacts cannotbe made or broken under load. When theplug is inserted, the plug and receptaclecontacts engage before the switch closes.When the plug is withdrawn, the switchopens before the plug and receptaclecontacts disengage. This sequence ofoperation provides the maximum safety of adead front receptacle. Arcing is isolated in aflame and dust-tight chamber.� Operation is simple, safe and positive. Todisconnect the portable device, the plug issimply pulled straight out. No separateinterlock device or operating handle need beactuated.� Positive engagement without mismating isassured by a distinct physical polarization ofplug and receptacle in every rating.� Plugs are furnished with pressureterminations. Receptacles are furnished withflexible leads for splicing to the supplyconductors. A threaded cover at the topprovides access to the wiring compartment.� Back box is provided with 11⁄4� verticalthrough feed hubs.

Grounding:� SRD receptacles and SP plugs areprovided with an extra grounding pole. Inplugs, provision is made for attachment of agrounding wire to the grounding pole. Inaddition, direct connection is providedbetween plug and receptacle housings andthe grounding pole. In the receptacle,grounding is accomplished through theconduit system.

Standard Materials:� Back box – Feraloy® iron alloy� Threaded cover – copper-free aluminum� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum

� Insulation – high impact glass filledphenolic� Contacts – brass

Standard Finishes:� Feraloy iron alloy – electrogalvanized andaluminum acrylic paint� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Phenolic – natural (black)� Brass – silver plated

Options:� Special polarity – where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating andnumber of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages,alternate polarizations can be furnished.Details on request.

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 30 and 60 amperes, 480vac

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Group D


� NEMA 3,7D,9FG,12� ANSI/UL Standard: 1010


Dimensions: (in inches)

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1052



4P SRD Dead Front Interlocked Receptacleswith Factory Sealed SwitchSP Plugs480 VAC, 60-400 hertz

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Group DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,7D,9FG,12Explosionproof


SRDReceptaclewithspring door

SP PlugSRDReceptaclewiththreaded cap

SP Plug withfastening ring

Back Box – 11⁄4� Vertical Through Feed HubsWith WithSpring With Cable Grip and Threaded With Cable Grip andDoor Neoprene Bushing Cap Neoprene Bushing

Rating Description Cat. # Cable Dia. Cat. # Cat. # Cable Dia. Cat. #2-wire, SRD3324N ⎧ .500 to .875 SP3363N SRD3384N ⎧ .500 to .875 SP3383N3-pole ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP3365N ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP3385N

3-wire, SRD3424D ⎧ .500 to .875 SP3463D SRD3484D ⎧ .500 to .875 SP3483D4-pole ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP3465D ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP3485D

30 amp.4-wire, SRD3524-NW ⎧ .500 to .875 SP3563-NW SRD3584-NW ⎧ .500 to .875 SP3583-NW5-pole ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP3565-NW ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP3585-NW

2-wire, SRD6324N ⎧ .500 to .875 SP6363N SRD6384N ⎧ .500 to .875 SP6383N3-pole ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP6365N ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP6385N

60 amp. 3-wire, SRD6424D ⎧ .500 to .875 SP6463D SRD6484D ⎧ .500 to .875 SP6483D4-pole ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP6465D ⎩ .875 to 1.375 SP6485D

4-wire, SRD6524-NW ⎧ .875 to 1.375 SP6565-NW SRD6584-NW ⎧ .875 to 1.375 SP6585-NW5-pole ⎩ 1.375 to 1.875 SP6567-NW ⎩ 1.375 to 1.875 SP6587-NW

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1053



4PEBBR Series Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles with CircuitBreakers30, 60, 100 Amp Interlocked Receptacles

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F*,GCl. IIINEMA 3,3R,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof


Application:EBBR interlocked receptacles with circuitbreakers are used:� As a service outlet for portable equipment –indoors or outdoors – in damp, wet, corrosivelocations, without the need for a protectiveshelter.� In areas which are hazardous due toflammable vapors, gases or combustibledust, e.g., refineries, chemical plants, andother processing and handling facilities of ahazardous nature.� In areas where frequent washdowns arenecessary or where heavy rain or water sprayis prevalent.

Features:� Rugged, corrosion resistant, cast copper-free aluminum construction.� Accepts compatible Arktite plug of samerating and configuration.� Mechanical interlock mechanism for deadfront construction.� Receptacles are mechanically interlockedwith circuit breakers to provide disconnectmeans, short circuit protection and thermaltime delay overload protection.� A spring door receptacle, located at thebottom of the unit, is mechanicallyinterlocked with the circuit breaker operatingmechanism for safe and dependableoperation.� Plug and receptacle contacts cannot bemade or broken under load. The circuitbreaker cannot be closed until the plug isfully inserted and the plug cannot bewithdrawn unless the breaker is de-energized.� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions. Breakers aretrip-free of the handles and will open undershort circuit or overload even if the handle islocked in the ‘‘ON’’ position.� Component operating handles locatedthrough the right side wall of the bodypermits visual confirmation of correctcomponent assembly and operation.� Total compliance to the wiring and roomrequirements of the National Electrical Code®.� Semi-clamshell enclosure design, with anexternal machined flat joint flamepathbetween body and cover makes interiorcomponents easily accessible.� Minimum enclosure-to-enclosure spacingwith little interference between the openedcover and an adjacent enclosure.� Copper-free aluminum hinges allow thecover to swing well out of the way.� Stainless steel, quick release, captive, hexhead cover bolts. Stainless steel springsprovide clear indication cover bolts are fullyretracted from body.� Versatile, internal operating mechanismsallow for field adjustment to accommodatepopular manufacturers’ breakers.

� Simple, straightforward installation ofbreaker on pre-drilled mounting plate withinenclosure.� Neoprene cover gasket permanentlyattached to the cover seals out moisture.� Bodies have top drilled and tappedentrance for power conduit (11⁄2�) plus one atthe top and one at the bottom for a breatherand drain (1⁄2�). Breather and drain entrancesare plugged.� Tap-on mounting feet.

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC:

Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DClass II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F*,GClass III

� NEMA: 3, 3R, 7BCD, 9FG, 12� UL Standard: 1203

Grounding:EBBR interlocked receptacles andmatching plugs are provided with anextra grounding pole for attaching agrounding wire. In addition, directconnection is provided betweenreceptacle and metallic plug and thegrounding pole. If a compatiblenon-metallic plug made of Krydon®

fiberglass-reinforced polyestermaterial is used, grounding isaccomplished through the extragrounding pole only. If a separategrounding wire is not installed in theenclosure, grounding isaccomplished through the conduitsystem.

Standard Materials:� Body, cover, and receptacle –copper-free aluminum� Contact insulator (receptacles andplugs) – fiberglass-reinforcedpolyester� Receptacle contacts – leaded redbrass� Pressure contacts (plugs) – brass� Operating handle – copper-freealuminum� Operating shafts and bushings –stainless steel� Interior parts – heavy gauge sheetsteel, zinc plated� Cover bolts, washer and retractilesprings – stainless steel

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester –natural (red)� Brass – natural� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plated� Stainless steel – natural

Electrical RatingRanges:� Circuit breakers – 20-100 amps� Receptacles – 30, 60, 100 amp� 3 wire, 4 pole configuration

Options:The following options are availablefrom the factory by adding suffix to thecatalog number.Receptacle interior rotated221⁄2° to right (viewed fromface) and plug changed to match. . S4Breather (ECD13) at top,Drain (ECD11) at bottom . . . . . . S198VGroup B Breather and Drain . . . S756VExternal Powder Epoxy Finish . . S752

* Caution: To reduce the risk of ignition of hazardous atmospheres, do not use plugs or receptacles in Class II, Group Flocations that contain electrically conductive dusts.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1054



4P EBBR Series Interlocked Arktite®


Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F†,GCl. IIINEMA 3,3R,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof


Complete EBBR receptacle with circuit breaker installed.

Interchangeability of Plugs with OtherHazardous and Non-HazardousLocation Receptacles:� Plugs listed for use with EBBR receptacles are standardArktite APJ/NPJ plugs. Standard APJ/NPJ and also CPH plugsof the same rating, style and number of poles may be used withEBBR receptacles, as well as with DR receptacles listed inSection 2P and DBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles listed inSection 4P of the catalog.� As a result, portable equipment suitable for the location andequipped with the proper plug can be used with AR/NR seriesreceptacles for non-hazardous locations; EBBR, EPC andEPCB receptacles for Class I and II hazardous locations; andDR and DBR receptacles for Class II hazardous locations.

Ordering InformationReceptacleWith SpringDoor Housing

HubSize Rating Amps

Without CircuitBreaker Cat. #

w/Cutler-HammerBreaker w/G.E. Breaker w/Square D Breaker

Circuit Breaker

30 Amp 3-pole 20 EBBRA304 EBBRA304-WT20-3 EBBRA304-TT20-3 EBBRA304-DT20-33-wire 480VAC+ 30 EBBRA304 EBBRA304-WT30-3 EBBRA304-TT30-3 EBBRA304-DT30-34-pole 11⁄2 or 40 EBBRA304 EBBRA304-WT40-3* EBBRA304-TT40-3* EBBRA304-DT40-3*Style 2 250VDC 50 EBBRA304 EBBRA304-WT50-3* EBBRA304-TT50-3* EBBRA304-DT50-3*

60 Amp 3-pole 50 EBBRA604 EBBRA604-WT50-3 EBBRA604-TT50-3 EBBRA604-DT50-33-wire 480VAC+ 60 EBBRA604 EBBRA604-WT60-3 EBBRA604-TT60-3 EBBRA604-DT60-34-pole 11⁄2 or 70 EBBRA604 EBBRA604-WT70-3* EBBRA604-TT70-3* EBBRA604-DT70-3*Style 2 250VDC 90 EBBRB604 EBBRB604-WT90-3* EBBRB604-TT90-3* EBBRB604-DT90-3*

100 EBBRB604 EBBRB604-WT100-3* EBBRB604-TT100-3* EBBRB604-DT100-3*

100 Amp 3-pole 50 EBBRA104 EBBRA104-WT50-3 EBBRA104-TT50-3 EBBRA104-DT50-33-wire 480VAC+ 60 EBBRA104 EBBRA104-WT60-3 EBBRA104-TT60-3 EBBRA104-DT60-34-pole 11⁄2 or 70 EBBRA104 EBBRA104-WT70-3 EBBRA104-TT70-3 EBBRA104-DT70-3Style 2 250VDC 90 EBBRB104 EBBRB104-WT90-3 EBBRB104-TT90-3 EBBRB104-DT90-3

100 EBBRB104 EBBRB104-WT100-3 EBBRB104-TT100-3 EBBRB104-DT100-3

+ Enclosures with 600 Volt circuit breakers are available. Add suffix ‘‘FDB’’ Ex: EBBRA304 – WT20FDB-3

* Circuit breaker trip rating may exceed receptacle rating for welding equipment applications only, as higher trip rating may not protect wiring.

† Caution: To reduce the risk of ignition of hazardous atmospheres, do not use plugs or receptacles in Class II Group F locations that contain electrically conductive dusts.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1055



4PEBBR Series Interlocked Arktite®


Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA 3,3R,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof


APJ and NPJ Arktite Plugs

Aluminum APJ seriesKrydon® material NPJ series(non-metallic)

AmpsCableO.D. Range Aluminum

Krydonmaterial

3-wire, 4-pole Cat. No.

0.60 to 1.20 APJ348530 0.55 to 0.70 NPJ3483

0.70 to 0.85 NPJ3484

0.75 to 1.45 APJ648560 0.75 to 1.07 NPJ6484

1.07 to 1.35 NPJ6485

1.00 to 1.70 APJ10487100 0.93 to 1.21 NPJ10486

1.21 to 1.50 NPJ10487

Both APJ and NPJ series plugs may be used with EBBR series interlocked receptacles.

Dimensions

EBBRA EBBRBAmps A B C D A B C D30 19.40 22.85 17.25 14.5060 19.40 23.95 17.25 14.50 26.90 31.45 24.75 22.00100 19.40 24.70 17.25 14.50 26.90 32.20 24.75 22.00

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1056



4P EPC Circuit Breakers andEnclosures with InterlockedArktite® ReceptaclesAPJ/NPJ�� and DP Arktite Plugs

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 3,7CD,9FG,12Explosionproof


Application:� The EPC interlock receptacle is designedfor use as a service outlet for portableequipment� It is designed for use in damp, wet andcorrosive locations, indoors or outdoors, inareas which are hazardous due to flammablevapors, gases or combustible dust. Forexample; refineries, chemical plants, andother processing and handling facilities of ahazardous nature

Features:� Mechanical interlock mechanism for deadfront construction� Receptacles are mechanically interlockedwith circuit breakers to provide disconnectmeans, short circuit protection and thermaltime delay overload protection� A spring door receptacle, located at bottomof 30, 60 and 100 ampere units and at front of200 ampere units, is mechanically interlockedwith the circuit breaker operating mechanismfor maximum safety� Plug and receptacle contacts cannot bemade or broken under load. The circuitbreaker cannot be closed until the plug isfully inserted and the plug cannot bewithdrawn unless the breaker is open� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions. Breakers aretrip-free of the handles and will open undershort circuit or overload even if the handle islocked in the ‘‘ON’’ position� Quick installation and leveling is providedby the three-point mounting arrangementwhich has one keyhole slot at top and twoopen slots at bottom� Bodies have four taper-tapped conduithubs with integral bushings. Two are locatedat top and two directly below. Sizes are asshown in the listings.

Grounding:� EPC interlocked receptacles and matchingplugs are provided with an extra groundingpole for attaching a grounding wire. Inaddition, direct connection is providedbetween plug and receptacle and thegrounding pole. If a separate grounding wireis not installed in the enclosure, grounding isaccomplished through the conduit system.

Standard Materials:� Bodies, covers and receptacle housings –copper-free aluminum� Operating handles – copper-free aluminum� Operating shafts – stainless steel� Interior parts – sheet steel� Insulation (receptacles and plugs) –fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Stainless steel – natural� Sheet steel – electrogalvanized withchromate finish� Brass – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Receptacle ratings: 30, 60, 100 and 200amperes� Circuit breakers: 100 and 225 ampere framesizes

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D


� NEMA: 3,7CD,9FG,12� ANSI/UL Standard: 1010� CEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups C,D

Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group GClass IIIEncl., 3,4

Options:The following special options are available by adding suffix to Cat. No.

Suffix to beAdded to Encl.

Description Cat. #

Special polarity – used where two or more receptacles of the same ampererating, style and number of poles are to be installed in the same area for useon different voltages. Available on 30, 60 and 100 ampere units as follows:� Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees clockwise when viewed from face of receptacle andplug changed to match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4Side bosses drilled and tapped same size as standard hubs, 30, 60 and 100ampere units only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S366Back boss drilled and tapped same size as standard hubs, 30, 60 and 100ampere units only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S367Breather and drain (Class I, Class II). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S198VBreather and drain (Class I only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S454V

CAUTION: To reduce the risk of ignition ofhazardous atmospheres, do not use plugs orreceptacles in Class II, Group F locations thatcontain electrically conductive dusts

�� Pressure connectors are standard. Crimp/solder type terminators are optionally available for 2, 3 and 4-pole 30 ampere,3 and 4-pole 60 and 100 ampere. For details, see table on page 969. To specify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number. Forexample: APJ3365-T (Plug)

30, 60 and100-amperesize EPC

200-amperesize EPC

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1057



4PEPC Circuit Breakers andEnclosures with InterlockedArktite® Receptacles



Interchangeability of Plugs with Other Hazardousand Non-Hazardous Location Receptacles:� Plugs listed for use with 30, 60 and 100ampere EPC assemblies are standard ArktiteAPJ/NPJ plugs. Other standard APJ and CPHplugs of the same rating, style and number ofpoles may be used with EPC receptacles, aswell as with DR receptacles listed in Section2P and DBR, EBBR and EPCB receptacleslisted elsewhere in this section.

� As a result, portable equipment suitable forthe location and equipped with the properplug can be used with AR/NR seriesreceptacles for non-hazardous locations:EBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles for Class Ihazardous locations; DR and DBRreceptacles for Class II hazardous locations.


100 Ampere Frame Size Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakerwith Non-Interchangeable Thermal Trip and Non-Adjustable Magnetic TripCircuit Breaker Enclosure

Section 6C With Circuit BreakerReceptaclewith SpringDoor Housing Rating Table

HubSize

Ckt.Bkr.Amps

WithoutCircuitBreakerCat. #

Cutler-Hammer‘‘EHD’’ Cat. #

General Electric‘‘TED’’ Cat. #

30 amp. 2-pole, 20 EPC43032-WT20-2 EPC43032-TT20-22-wire, 480VAC‡ 600VAC 30 EPC43032-WT30-2 EPC43032-TT30-23-pole, or 8 11⁄4 40* EPC43032 EPC43032-WT40-2 EPC43032-TT40-2Style 2 250VDC 50* EPC43032-WT50-2 EPC43032-TT50-2

30 amp. 3-pole, 20 EPC43042-WT20-3 EPC43042-TT20-33-wire, 480VAC‡ 600VAC 30 EPC43042-WT30-3 EPC43042-TT30-34-pole, or 8 11⁄4 40* EPC43042 EPC43042-WT40-3 EPC43042-TT40-3Style 2 250VDC 50* EPC43042-WT50-3 EPC43042-TT50-3

11⁄4 50 EPC46032 EPC46032-WT50-2 EPC46032-TT50-260 amp. 2-pole, 60 EPC66032-WT60-2 EPC66032-TT60-22-wire, 480VAC‡ 600VAC 8 70* EPC66032-WT70-2 EPC66032-TT70-23-pole, or 2 90* EPC66032 EPC66032-WT90-2 EPC66032-TT90-2Style 2 250VDC 100* EPC66032-WT100-2 EPC66032-TT100-2

11⁄4 50 EPC46042-WT50-3 EPC46042-TT50-360 amp. 3-pole, 60 EPC46042 EPC66042-WT60-3 EPC66042-TT60-33-wire, 480VAC‡ 600VAC 8 70* EPC66042-WT70-3 EPC66042-TT70-34-pole, or 2 90* EPC66042-WT90-3 EPC66042-TT90-3Style 2 250VDC 100* EPC66042 EPC66042-WT100-3 EPC66042-TT100-3

100 amp. 2-pole, 60 EPC61032-WT60-2 EPC61032-TT60-22-wire, 480VAC‡ 600VAC 70 EPC61032-WT70-2 EPC61032-TT70-23-pole, or 8 2 90 EPC61032 EPC61032-WT90-2 EPC61032-TT90-2Style 2 250VDC 100 EPC61032-WT100-2 EPC61032-TT100-2

100 amp. 3-pole, 60 EPC61042-WT60-3 EPC61042-TT60-33-wire, 480VAC‡ 600VAC 70 EPC61042-WT70-3 EPC61042-TT70-34-pole, or 8 2 90 EPC61042 EPC61042-WT90-3 EPC61042-TT90-3Style 2 250VDC 100 EPC61042-WT100-3 EPC61042-TT100-3

225 Ampere Frame Size Circuit Breakerwith Interchangeable Thermal Magnetic Trip†Circuit Breaker Enclosure

Section 6C With Circuit BreakerReceptaclewith SpringDoor Housing Rating Table List

HubSize

Ckt.Bkr.Amps

Without CircuitBreaker Cat. #

Cutler-Hammer‘‘KB’’ Cat. #

General Electric‘‘TFK’’ Cat. #

200 amp. 3-pole, 125 EPC604-2042-WT125-3 EPC605-2042-TT125-33-wire, 600VAC 12W 3 150 EPC604-2042 EPC604-2042-WT150-3 EPC605-2042-TT150-34-pole, or 11 or 175 EPC604-2042-WT175-3 EPC605-2042-TT175-3Style 2 250VDC 12T 3 200 EPC605-2042 EPC604-2042-WT200-3 EPC605-2042-TT200-3

225* EPC604-2042-WT225-3 EPC605-2042-TT225-3

* Circuit breaker trip rating may exceed receptacle rating for welding equipment applicationsonly, as higher trip rating may not protect wiring.

† 200 ampere units are suitable for Class I, Group D (NEMA 7D).

‡ Enclosures with 600 volt circuit breakers from U.S.A. are available. Information on request.

CSA Certified units are supplied with 600VAC FDB frame circuit breakers.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1058



4P APJ/NPJ�� and DP Arktite®

Plugs with Cable Grip andNeoprene Bushing



APJ Plug NPJ Plug DP Plug

APJ/NPJ and DP Arktite Plugs600VAC/250VDC with Cable Grip and Neoprene Bushing – Style 2

2-wire, 3-pole 3-wire, 4-poleAmps

CableO.D. Range Cat. # Cat. #0.60 to 1.20 APJ3385 APJ3485

30 0.55 to 0.70 NPJ3383 NPJ34830.70 to 0.85 NPJ3384 NPJ34840.75 to 1.45 APJ6385 APJ6485



200 1.875 to 2.50 DP20468 Solder Only DP Wire Size.56 Wire Well Building Extra Flex

#1 – 4/0 #1 – 3/0

�� Pressure connectors are supplied as standard. Tospecify crimp/solder type terminations add the suffix ‘‘T’’ tothe catalog number. For example: APJ3385-T (Plug).

Dimensions

APJ NPJ

Recept. Breaker a b c d e f g h hh j k l m30 Amp. 20-50 Amp. 24 105⁄8 143⁄8 93⁄8 711⁄16 113⁄4 49⁄16 413⁄16 7 203⁄4 73⁄8 21⁄16

60 Amp. 50 Amp. 241⁄2 105⁄8 143⁄8 93⁄8 711⁄16 113⁄4 51⁄16 513⁄16 613⁄16 203⁄4 73⁄8 21⁄16

60 Amp. 70-100 Amp. 241⁄2 1213⁄16 143⁄8 93⁄8 711⁄16 113⁄4 51⁄16 513⁄16 613⁄16 203⁄4 91⁄4 25⁄8100 Amp. 70-100 Amp. 251⁄4 1213⁄16 143⁄8 93⁄8 711⁄16 113⁄4 513⁄16 65⁄8 73⁄4 203⁄4 91⁄4 25⁄8200 Amp. 125-225 Amp. 36 18 27 131⁄2 341⁄4 51⁄2Dim. ‘‘h’’ and ‘‘hh’’ are exposed portion of plug when engaged with receptacle.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1059



4PEPCB Circuit Breakers andEnclosures with InterlockedArktite® ReceptaclesAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs��

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 3,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof


Application:� The EPCB interlock receptacle is designedfor use as a service outlet for portableequipment. The circuit breaker providesovercurrent and short circuit protection� It has a mechanical interlock mechanismfor dead front construction and no load makeor break feature� It is designed for use in damp, wet andcorrosive locations, indoors or outdoor, inareas which are hazardous due to flammablevapors, gases or combustible dust. Forexample; refineries, chemical plants, andother processing and handling facilities of ahazardous nature

Features:� Spring door receptacle located at thebottom is mechanically interlocked with thecircuit breaker operating mechanism formaximum safety. Plug and receptaclecontacts cannot be made or broken underload. The circuit breaker cannot be closeduntil the plug is fully inserted and the plugcannot be withdrawn unless the breaker isopen� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions. Breakers aretrip-free of the handles and will open undershort circuit or overload even if the handle islocked in the ‘‘ON’’ position� Quick installation and leveling is providedby the three-point mounting arrangementhaving one keyhole slot at top and two openslots at bottom� Bodies have four 11⁄4� taper tapped conduithubs with integral bushings. Two are locatedat top and two directly below� When installing, seals suitable for Class I,Group B hazardous areas must be locatedwithin 11⁄2� of each conduit opening

Grounding:� EPCB interlocked receptacles andmatching plugs are provided with an extragrounding pole for attaching a groundingwire. In addition, direct connection isprovided between plug and receptacle andthe grounding pole. If a separate groundingwire is not installed in the enclosure,grounding is accomplished through theconduit system

Interchangeability of Plugswith Other Hazardousand Non-HazardousLocation Receptacles:� Plugs listed for use with EPCB assembliesare standard Arktite APJ/NPJ plugs. Otherstandard APJ and CPH plugs of the samerating, style and number of poles may beused with EPCB receptacles as well as DRreceptacles listed in Section 2P and DBR andEPC receptacles listed elsewhere in thissection� As a result, portable equipment suitable forthe location and equipped with the properplug can be used with AR/NR seriesreceptacles for non-hazardous locations;EBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles for Class Ihazardous locations; DR and DBRreceptacles for Class II hazardous locations

Standard Materials:� Bodies, covers and receptacle housings –copper-free aluminum� Operating handles – copper-free aluminum� Operating shafts – stainless steel� Interior parts – sheet steel� Insulation – fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Stainless steel – natural� Sheet steel – zinc electroplate withchromate finish� Brass – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Receptacle ratings: 30, 60 and 100amperes� Circuit breakers: 100 ampere frame size

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups

B,C,DClass II; Division 1 and 2, Groups F,GClass III

� NEMA: 3,7BCD,9FG,12� ANSI/UL Standard: 1010� CEC: Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups

B,C,DClass II, Division 1 and 2, Group GClass III

� Encl.: 3,4

Options:The following special options are available by adding suffix to Cat. No.:

Suffix to beAdded to Encl.

Description Cat. #Special polarity. For use where two or more receptacles of the sameampere rating, style and number of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages. Available as follows:Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2 degrees to right (viewed fromface) and plug changed to match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4Side bosses drilled and tapped same size as standard hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S366Back boss drilled and tapped same size as standard hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S367

�� Pressure connectors are supplied as standard.To specify crimp/solder type terminations add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number. For example: APJ3365-T (Plug)

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1060



4P EPCB Circuit Breakers andEnclosures with InterlockedArktite® ReceptaclesAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs��

Cl. I, Div. 1 and 2, Groups B,C,DCl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EFC 3,7BCD,9FG,12Explosionproof


100 Ampere Frame Size Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakerwith Non-Interchangeable Thermal Trip and Non-Adjustable Magnetic TripCircuit Breaker Enclosure with Circuit BreakerReceptacle Ckt.with Spring Hub Bkr.Door Housing Rating Size Amps Cutler-Hammer General Electric30 amp.2-wire,3-pole,Style 2

2-pole,600VACor250VDC

11⁄4

20 EPCB43632-WT20HFD-2 EPCB43632-TT20TED-22-wire, 600VAC 30 EPCB43632-WT30HFD-2 EPCB43632-TT30TED-2

40* EPCB43632-WT40HFD-2 EPCB43632-TT40TED-250* EPCB43632-WT50HFD-2 EPCB43632-TT50TED-2

30 amp. 3-pole, 20 EPCB43642-WT20HFD-3 EPCB43642-TT20TED-33-wire, 600VAC 30 EPCB43642-WT30HFD3 EPCB43642-TT30TED-34-pole, or 11⁄4 40* EPCB43642-WT40HFD-3 EPCB43642-TT40TED-3Style 2 250VDC 50* EPCB43642-WT50HFD-3 EPCB43642-TT50TED-3

60 amp.2-wire,3-pole,Style 2


11⁄4

50 EPCB46632-WT50HFD-2 EPCB46632-TT50TED-260* EPCB46632-WT60HFD-2 EPCB46632-TT60TED-270* EPCB46632-WT70HFD-2 EPCB46632-TT70TED-290* EPCB46632-WT90HFD-2 EPCB46632-TT90TED-2100* EPCB46632-WT100HFD-2 EPCB46632-TT100TED-2

60 amp.3-wire,4-pole,Style 2


11⁄4

50 EPCB46642-WT50HFD-3 EPCB46642-TT50TED-360* EPCB46642-WT60HFD-3 EPCB46642-TT60TED-370* EPCB46642-WT70HFD-3 EPCB46642-TT70TED-390* EPCB46642-WT90HFD-3 EPCB46642-TT90TED-3100* EPCB46642-WT100HFD-3 EPCB46642-TT100TED-3

100 amp. 2-pole, 70 EPCB41632-WT70HFD-2 EPCB41632-TT70TED-22-wire, 600VAC 11⁄4 90 EPCB41632-WT90HFD-2 EPCB41632-TT90TED-23-pole, or 100 EPCB41632-WT100HFD-2 EPCB41632-TT100TED-2Style 2 250VDC

100 amp. 3-pole, 70† EPCB41642-WT70HFD-3 EPCB41642-TT70TED-33-wire, 600VAC 11⁄4 90† EPCB41642-WT90HFD-3 EPCB41642-TT90TED-34-pole, or 100† EPCB41642-WT100HFD-3 EPCB41642-TT100TED-3Style 2 250VDC

* Circuit breaker trip rating may exceedreceptacle rating for welding equipmentapplications only, as higher trip rating may notprotect wiring.

† For detailed information on circuit breakerselection see Section 6C.

�� Pressure connectors are supplied asstandard.To specify crimp/solder type terminators addthe suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number.For example: APJ3385-T (Plug)

APJ Plug

NPJ PlugDimensions

APJ NPJ

APJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs600VAC/250VDC with Cable Grip andNeoprene Bushing – Style 2

2-wire, 3-wire,Cable 3-pole 4-pole

Amps O.D. Range Cat. # Cat. #0.60 to 1.20 APJ3385 APJ3485




Receptacle a b c d e f30 Amp. 261⁄4 115⁄16 113⁄4 85⁄8 5 73⁄460 Amp. 263⁄4 115⁄16 113⁄4 85⁄8 5 73⁄4100 Amp. 271⁄2 115⁄16 113⁄4 85⁄8 5 73⁄4Receptacle g h j jj k l m30 Amp. 139⁄16 415⁄16 413⁄16 7 243⁄4 83⁄16 15⁄860 Amp. 139⁄16 57⁄16 513⁄16 613⁄16 243⁄4 83⁄16 15⁄8100 Amp. 139⁄16 63⁄16 65⁄8 73⁄4 243⁄4 83⁄16 15⁄8Dim ‘‘j’’ and ‘‘jj’’ are exposed portion of plug when engaged with receptacle.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1061



4PDBR Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles With EnclosedCircuit BreakersAPJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs� �

Cl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EEMAC 3,9FG,12Dust-IgnitionproofRaintight

Application:DBR interlocked Arktite receptacles withenclosed circuit breakers and APJ/NPJArktite plugs are used:� to supply power to portable electricalequipment such as motor-generator sets,compressors, heating and cooling units,conveyors, and similar equipment� in locations where hazardous dusts arepresent, as in grain processing and handlingplants, chemical plants and certain foodprocessing industries� indoors or outdoors in damp, wet orcorrosive locations

Features:� Receptacles are mechanically interlockedwith circuit breakers to provide disconnectmeans, short circuit protection and thermaltime delay overload protection.� Enclosures are compact and rectangular inshape permitting close spacing.� For maximum safety, the spring doorreceptacle at the bottom is mechanicallyinterlocked with the circuit breaker operatingmechanism. The circuit breaker cannot beclosed until the plug is fully inserted and theplug cannot be withdrawn unless the breakeris open.� Operating handles can be padlocked ineither ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ positions. Breakers aretrip-free of the handles and will open undershort circuit or overload even if the handle islocked in the ‘‘ON’’ position.� Enclosure is provided with a drilled andtapped conduit opening at top center,equipped with a threaded-in bushing. Thesize furnished is 11⁄2�, and removing thebushing permits the use of a 2� conduit.

Interchangeability of Plugswith Other Hazardous andNon-Hazardous LocationReceptacles:� Plugs listed for use with DBR assembliesare standard Arktite APJ/NPJ plugs. Otherstandard APJ/NPJ and CPH plugs of thesame rating, style and number of poles maybe used with DBR receptacles, as well as withDR receptacles listed in Section 2P and withEBBR, EPC and EPCB receptacles listed inSection 4P.� As a result, portable equipment suitable forthe locations and equipped with the properplug can be used with AR receptacles fornon-hazardous locations, with EBBR, EPCand EPCB receptacles for Class I hazardouslocations, and with DR and DBR interlockedreceptacles for Class II hazardous locations.

Standard Materials:� Bodies, covers and operating handles –copper-free aluminum� Operating shafts – stainless steel� Receptacle housings and plug exteriors –copper-free aluminum� Insulation: plugs and receptacles –fiberglass-reinforced polyester� Pressure contacts – brass� Crimp/solder contacts – leaded red brass

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – plug exterior,enclosure and receptacle housing – natural� Stainless steel – natural� Brass – natural� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester – natural(red)� Leaded red brass – electro-tin-plate



Description Cat. #Special polarity – for use where two or morereceptacles of the same ampere rating, styleand number of poles are to be installed in thesame area for use on different voltages.Available as follows:� Receptacle interior rotated 221⁄2degrees clockwise when viewedfrom receptacle face and plugchanged to match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4Breather (drain furnished asstandard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S219Conduit arrangements other thanstandard can be supplied . Details on request

Certifications andCompliances:� NEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F,G

Class III� NEMA/EEMAC: 3, 9FG, 12� UL Standard: 698, 1010� CEC: Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group G

Class III� Encl.: 3,5

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Receptacle ratings: 30, 60 and 100amperes� Circuit breakers – 100 ampere frame size

Amps a b bb30 213⁄4 61⁄2 760 223⁄4 81⁄2 613⁄16

100 231⁄2 101⁄8 73⁄4

Dim. ‘‘b’’ and ‘‘bb’’ are exposed portion ofplug when engaged with receptacle.


�� Pressure connectors are standard. Crimp/solder typeterminators are optionally available for 3 and 4-pole, 30, 60and 100 ampere. For details, see table on page 969. Tospecify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalog number. Forexample: AP3375-T (Plug)

Dimensions:

APJ NPJ

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1062



4P DBR Interlocked Arktite®

Receptacles With EnclosedCircuit Breakers

Cl. II, Div. 1 and 2, Groups F,GCl. IIINEMA/EEMAC 3,9FG,12Dust-IgnitionproofRaintight

100 Ampere Frame Size withNon-Interchangeable Thermal Trip and Non-Adjustable Magnetic Trip

EnclosureReceptacle Circuit Ckt. With CircuitWith Spring Breaker Hub Bkr. Without Circuit Breaker Cat. #Door Housing† Rating Size Amps Breaker Cat. # Cutler-Hammer ‘‘FDB’’

30 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 20 DBR53731 DBR53731-WT20-33-wire, 600VAC 30 DBR53731-WT30-33-pole, 40 DBR53731-WT40-3*Style 1 50 DBR53731-WT50-3*30 amp., 2-pole 11⁄2 20 DBR53732 DBR53732-WT20-22-wire, 600VAC 30 DBR53732-WT30-23-pole, or 40 DBR53732-WT40-2*Style 2 250VDC 50 DBR53732-WT50-2*30 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 20 DBR53742 DBR53742-WT20-33-wire, 600VAC 30 DBR53742-WT30-34-pole, 40 DBR53742-WT40-3*Style 2 50 DBR53742-WT50-3*60 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 50 DBR56731 DBR56731-WT50-33-wire, 600VAC 60 DBR56731-WT60-33-pole, 70 DBR56731-WT70-3*Style 1 90 DBR56731-WT90-3*

100 DBR56731-WT100-3*60 amp., 2-pole 11⁄2 50 DBR56732 DBR56732-WT50-22-wire, 600VAC 60 DBR56732-WT60-23-pole, or 70 DBR56732-WT70-2*Style 2 250VDC 90 DBR56732-WT90-2*

100 DBR56732-WT100-2*60 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 50 DBR56742 DBR56742-WT50-33-wire, 600VAC 60 DBR56742-WT60-34-pole, 70 DBR56742-WT70-3*Style 2 90 DBR56742-WT90-3*

100 DBR56742-WT100-3*100 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 60 DBR51731 DBR51731-WT60-33-wire, 600VAC 70 DBR51731-WT70-33-pole, 90 DBR51731-WT90-3Style 1 100 DBR51731-WT100-3100 amp., 2-pole 11⁄2 60 DBR51732 DBR51732-WT60-22-wire, 600VAC 70 DBR51732-WT70-23-pole, or 90 DBR51732-WT90-2Style 2 250VDC 100 DBR51732-WT100-2100 amp., 3-pole 11⁄2 60 DBR51742 DBR51742-WT60-33-wire, 600VAC 70 DBR51742-WT70-34-pole, 90 DBR51742-WT90-3Style 2 100 DBR51742-WT100-3

* Circuit breaker trip rating may exceedreceptacled rating for welding equipmentapplications only, as higher trip rating may notprotect wiring.

�� Pressure connectors are standard.Crimp/solder type terminators are optionallyavailable for 3 and 4-pole 30, 60 and 100 ampere.For details, see table on page 969.To specify, add the suffix ‘‘T’’ to the catalognumber. For example: APJ3375-T (Plug)

† Style 1 – Grounded through shell.Style 2 – Grounded through extra pole and shell.For a detailed description of these groundingmethods, see page 967.

‡ For circuit breaker Cat. No. refer to Section 6C,Table 9, List FDB. For detailed information oncircuit breaker selection, see Section 6C.

APJ/NPJ Arktite Plugs600VAC/250VDC with Cable Grip andNeoprene Bushing

APJ Plug NPJ Plug

Style 1† Style 2†3-wire, 2-wire, 3-wire,

Cable 3-pole 3-pole 4-poleAmps O.D. Range Cat. # Cat. # Cat. #

0.60 to 1.20 APJ3375 APJ3385 APJ348530 0.55 to 0.70 NPJ3383 NPJ3483

0.70 to 0.85 NPJ3384 NPJ34840.75 to 1.45 APJ6375 APJ6385 APJ6485

60 0.75 to 1.07 NPJ6384 NPJ64841.07 to 1.35 NPJ6385 NPJ64851.00 to 1.70 APJ10377 APJ10387 APJ10487


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1063



5PIEC 309Plugs, Receptacles, InterlocksNon-Hazardous & Hazardous


Non-Hazardous Plugs, Receptacles, InterlocksApplications, Technical Data 1064-1067Ordering Information 1068, 1069

Hazardous Plugs, InterlocksApplications, Technical Data 1070, 1071Ordering Information 1072, 1073

Back Boxes, Accessories, Tech Data 1074, 1075

Angled Back Box Adapters 1076

Adapter Plates 1077

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1064

PDFINFO


5P IEC 309 Pin & Sleeve Plugs & Receptacles20, 30, 60 & 100A - Series 216, 32, 63 & 125A - Series 1

NEMA 4XIP 66Watertight

Applications� wet location & hosedown areas� damp or corrosice locations� food processing, wastewater, shipyard, marina, restaurant,construction site, HVAC and convention centers

Features� voltage configured, color coded� watertight� impact and corrosion resistant� receptacles mount to Cooper Crouse-Hinds back boxes� innovative finger lock keeps cord grip secured� positive grommet seal system at cord entry� funneled wire pockets� lockout/tagout� high grade brass contacts� VX insulating material� multi-lam sleeve bands

Standard Materials� receptacle housing: RIP, nylon, VX� contact carrier: fiber–reinforced thermoplastic, VX� pins & sleeves: brass� multi–lam bands: copper beryllium� assembly screws: stainless steel� plug: type 6⁄6 nylon, VX� receptacle hinge pin: stainless steel� gaskets: silicon

Certifications & Compliances� listed UL 498, 1682 & 1686� CSA C22.2 no. 182.1� IEC 309-1 & 309-2� NEMA 4X� IEC IP66

Making a connection is easyA clock face is used to represent thegrounding contact position for all femaleconnectors and receptacles. With the keywayat the bottom, the female grounding contactwill appear to one of the twelve hourpositions. To identify the system voltage,identify the housing color and hour locationof the connector or receptacle groundingcontact.

Ordering is easyWe’ve made our catalog number ordering system as easy to use as our products! Simply follow the six-part �code�:

CH 4 20 R 7 WPrefix 1st digit 2nd-4th digit 1st letter Last digit Last letter

CH = Cooper Crouse-Hinds 3 = 3 pole 16 = 16 Amp P = Plug Clock position of W = Watertight

4 = 4 pole 20 = 20 Amp C = Connector female grounding5 = 5 pole 30 = 30 Amp R = Receptacle contact

32 = 32 Amp B = Inlet60 = 60 Amp MI = Mechanical63 = 63 Amp Interlock

100 = 100 Amp125 = 125 Amp

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1065

PDFINFO


5PIEC 309 Pin & Sleeve Plugs & Receptacles20, 30, 60 & 100A - Series 216, 32, 63 & 125A - Series 1


Plug

Locking finger seats intoweb pockets when cordgrip is tightened down, securing back cap inplace even under heavyusage and vibration.

Nickle–plated brasscontacts offer long–lifecorrosion protection.Compression lugs providereliable mechanical wiretermination.

Funneled wiring pockets for ease of inserting strandedwire. Deep pocket markedX, Y, Z and Keep bareconductors safelyconfined and isolated fromadjacent wires.

Receptacle

Color–coded capaccurately identifies mating plug of correctvoltage.

Cooper Crouse-Hindsstandard mountingfootprint fits all existingCooper Crouse-Hindsback boxes.

Lockout/tagout hole forOFF position.

Watertight cap meets NEMA 4X, IP66 hosedown standards.

Impact–resistantthermoplastic contact carrierprovides superior electricalinsulation and V flammabilityrating.

Brass contacts with selfcleaning, feild–proven multi–lam pressure bands forsmooth pin insertion, lowheat rise and qualityelectrical performance.

Funneled wire terminationpockets have all screw headson same side for easyconductor insertion andquick wiring.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1066

PDFINFO


5P IEC 309 Pin & Sleeve MechanicalInterlocks Nonhazardous20 & 30A - North American Ratings Series 216 & 32A - International Ratings Series 1


Applications� to supply power to portable or fixed electrical equipment such aswelders, motor-generator sets, compressors, conveyors, portabletools, lighting systems and similar equipment� in damp or corrosive locations� in wet locations� in hosedown areas� for short-circuit protection when ordered with optional fusing

Features� Mechanically interlocked, dead-front receptacle – plug cannot beengaged or disengaged under load� Enclosure has continuous form-in-place gasket� meets OSHA’s lockout/tagout requirements – can be padlocked in‘‘OFF’’ position� industrial switch is horsepower-rated for motor load applications� available with optional fusing for short-circuit protection

Certifications & Compliances� UL Standards 508, 1682� CSA Standard C22.2 Nos. 14, 182.1� Enclosure type: 3, 4X, 12� IP66

Standard Materials� enclosure: fiber-reinforced polyester� external hardware: stainless steel� contacts: brass� contact carrier: fiber-reinforced thermoplastic

Horsepower ratings

Three PhaseAmps Description 250VAC 480VAC 600VAC20A Unfused 7.5 15 20

Unfused 10 20 2530A

Fused* 10 20 25

Unfused 20 40 4060A

Fused* 20 40 50

100A Unfused 25 50 40* See bulletin #4671

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1067

PDFINFO


5PIEC 309 Pin & Sleeve Mechanical InterlocksNonhazardous20 & 30A - North America Ratings Series 216 & 32A - International Ratings Series 1


OSHA lockout/tagout handle Fiber–reinforced polyester housingprovides superior corrosion andimpact resistance.

Compact design fits in the webof an I–beam – smallest in theindustry.

Tongue and groove IP66watertight sealing system.Continuous raised ribaround perimeter of baseseats in channel in cover.Channel has a seamless, one–piece gasket thatstays in place whencover is removed.

Molded in placemounting feet

Myers® NPT or metricthreaded whubs for IECconnectors.

Color–coded receptacle coverwith lockout/tagout hole foroff position.

Easy to wire. Cover removesalong an innovative breakline that permits fullaccess to internal switchterminations.

Thick, sturdy walls won′t warpfrom hot and cold waterwashdown.Maintains gasket seal betweencover and box.

Raised mounting padsallow firm mounting touneven surfaces. Provideswater channel betweenwall and enclosure.

Options� Auxiliary contacts for PLC or pilot lightapplications–add suffix [S483]

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1068

PDFINFO


5P IEC 309 Pin & Sleeve Mechanical InterlocksNonhazardous20 & 30A - North America Ratings Series 216 & 32A - International Ratings Series 1


Ordering Information:Watertight Devices

WiresCONFIFURATIONand

Amps Poles Recept./Conn. Plug/Inlet Voltage RECEPTACLE PLUG CONNECTOR INLET INTERLOCKUNFUSED

16A 2W3P 110-120 CH316R4W CH316P4W CH316C4W CH316B4W CH316MI4W*

2W3P 220-240 CH316R6W CH316P6W CH316C6W CH316B6W CH316MI6W*

3W4P 380-415 CH416R6W CH416P6W CH416C6W CH416B6W CH416MI6W

4W5P 220\380240\415 CH516R6W CH516P6W CH516C6W N/A CH516MI6W*

20A 2W3P 125 CH320R4W CH320P4W CH320C4W CH320B4W CH320MI4W*

2W3P 250 CH320R6W CH320P6W CH320C6W CH320B6W CH320MI6W*

2W3P 480 CH320R7W CH320P7W CH320C7W CH320B7W CH320MI7W*

3W4P 125\250 CH420R12W CH420P12W CH420C12W CH420B12W CH420MI12W

3W4P 3X250 CH420R9W CH420P9W CH420C9W CH420B9W CH420MI9W



4W5P 3XY120\208 CH520R9W CH520P9W CH520C9W N/A CH520MI9W*



30A 2W3P 125 CH330R4W CH330P4W CH330C4W CH330B4W CH330MI4W

2W3P 250 CH330R6W CH330P6W CH330C6W CH330B6W CH330MI6W





4W5P 3XY120\208 CH530R9W CH530P9W CH530C9W N/A CH530MI9W



32A 2W3P 110-120 CH332R4W CH332P4W CH332C4W CH332B4W CH332MI4W



4W5P 220\380 CH532R6W CH532P6W CH532C6W CH532MI6W

* Alternate Switch Design. Does not have a switch handle. Switch is activated by insertingplug: rotating plug to turn switch ‘ON’.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1069

PDFINFO


5PIEC 309 Pin & Sleeve Mechanical InterlocksNonhazardous20 & 30A - North America Ratings Series 216 & 32A - International Ratings Series 1


Ordering Information:Watertight Devices

WiresCONFIGURATIONand

Amps Poles Recept./Conn. Plug/Inlet Voltage RECEPTACLE PLUG CONNECTOR INLET INTERLOCKUNFUSED








4W5P 3XY120\208 CH560R9W CH560P9W CH560C9W CH560B9W CH560MI9W





4W5P 220\380240\415 CH563R6W CH563P6W CH563C6W CH563B6W CH563MI6W













4W5P 220\380240\415 CH5125R6W CH5125P6W CH5125C6W CH5125B6W CH5125MI6W

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1070

PDFINFO


5P Hazardous Area Interlocks &Plugs ‘‘GHG’’ Series

Class I, Zone 1 & 2, Div. 2,NEMA 4X, IP66

Color–coded receptaclecover and plug. Rainshedding

watertight profile.

Fiber–reinforced nylon type 12impact – and corrosion–resistantenclosure and plug.

Dual bottom entries in NPT or metricthread for cable or conduit.

Molded in placemounting feet.

Locking finger seatsinto web pocketssecuring back capin place even underheavy usage andvibration.

HEAVY DUTY STRAIN RELIEF

Offering superior pullout protection andsignificantly reducing the occurrance ofseal failure, our external stain reliefsystem absorbs all tensile and torsionalforces. In addition, an extremely longand dependable inside seal providesadded protection.

Nickel–plated brass contactsoffer long life–corrosionprotection. Compression lugsprovide reliable mechanicalwire termination.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1071

PDFINFO


5PIEC 309 Hazardous AreaPlugs & Interlocks


Easy to wire. Cover removesalong an innovative break linethat permits full access tointernal switch terminations.

Brass contacts withfield-proven, self-cleaningmulti-lam pressure bandsfor smooth plug insertion, low heatrise and uniform electrical contact.

Factory sealed switch providesZone 1 & 2, Div. 2 explosionprotection. Receptacle is dead–front until plug is fully engagedand rotated to activate switch.Plug cannot be removed underload. Switch is horsepower, andAIC–rated.

ApplicationsIEC 309 explosion protected devices are used:� to supply power to portable or fixed electrical equipment� where hazardous gases may be present� in damp or wet locations� where impact and corrosion resistance are required� where compact equipment is required in tight spaces

Features� mechanicaly interlocked plug and receptacle–plug cannot be engaged or disengaged under load� simple ‘‘insert plug and twist’’ design to activateinternal switch� self cleaning multi–lam contacts provide reliablepower connection� compact size, easy to handle and install� OSHA lockout/tagout� dual bottom entry zone 1 Myers® hubs� full wiring access, saves time and money� VØ rated materials

Standard Materials� enclosure: type 12 nylon� plug body: fiber–reinforced nylon� hardware: stainless steel� contacts: brass

Certifications� AEx de IIc T6� Class I, Zone I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C & D� EEx ed IIc T6� (EX LOGO) II 2G/D� UL, cUL*� PTB 99 ATEX 1039� IP66, NEMA 4X� CE� VDE

* 20A, 30A, 60A, 100A Pin Configuration to IEC 309-1/2 Series 2 - U.L. Listed16A, 32A, 63A, 125A Pin Configuration to IEC 309-1/2 Series 1 - Not U.L. Listed

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1072

PDFINFO


5P IEC 309 Hazardous AreaPlugs & Interlocks


Ordering Information:

WiresCONFIFURATIONCable Myers and

Amps Gland Hub Poles Recept./Conn. Plug/Inlet VoltageINTERLOCK

RECEPTACLE PLUG

16A M20 2W3P 110-120 GHG 511 4304 R3001 GHG 511 7304 R0001

M20 2W3P 220-240 GHG 511 4306 R3001 GHG511 7306 R0001

M25 3W4P 220-240 GHG 511 4409 R3001 GHG 511 7409 R0001

M25 3W4P 380.415 GHG 511 4406 R3001 GHG 511 7406 R0001

M25 3W4P 500 GHG 511 4407 R3001 GHG 511 7407 R0001

M25 3W4P 690 GHG 511 4405 R3001 GHG 511 7405 R0001

W25 4W5P 380-415 GHG 511 4506 R3001 GHG 511 7506 R0001

20A 1⁄2 2W3P 125 GHG 511 4304 L3001 GHG 511 7304 L0001

1⁄2 2W3P 250 GHG 511 4306 L3001 GHG 511 7306 L0001

3⁄4 3W4P 3X250 GHG 511 4409 L3001 GHG 511 7409 L0001

3⁄4 3W4P 3X480 GHG 511 4407 L3001 GHG 511 7407 L0001

3⁄4 3W4P 3X600 GHG 511 4405 L3001 GHG 511 7405 L0001

30A 1 3W4P 3X250 GHG 512 4409 L3001 GHG 512 7409 L0001

1 3W4P 3X480 GHG 512 4407 L3001 GHG 512 7407 L0001

1 3W4P 3X600 GHG 512 4405 L3001 GHG 512 7405 L0001

32A M32 3W4P 220-240 GHG 512 4409 R3001 GHG 512 7409 R0001

M32 3W4P 380-415 GHG 512 4406 R3001 GHG 512 7406 R0001

M32 3W4P 500 GHG 512 4407 R3001 GHG 512 7407 R0001

M32 3W4P 690 GHG 512 4405 R3001 GHG 512 7405 R0001

M32 4W5P 380-415 GHG 512 4506 R3001 GHG 512 7506 R0001

60A 1 1⁄4 3W4P 3X250 GHG 514 4409 L3001 GHG 514 7409 L0001

1 1⁄4 3W4P 3X480 GHG 514 4407 L3001 GHG 514 7407 L0001

1 1⁄4 3W4P 3X600 GHG 514 4405 L3001 GHG 514 7405 L0001

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1073

PDFINFO


5PIEC 309 Hazardous AreaPlugs & Interlocks



WiresCONFIFURATIONCable Myers and

Amps Gland Hub Poles Recept./Conn. Plug/Inlet Voltage

63A M40 3W4P 220-240 GHG 514 4409 R3001 GHG 514 7409 R0001

M40 3W4P 380-415 GHG 514 4506 R3001 GHG 514 7406 R0001

M40 3W4P 500 GHG 514 4407 R3001 GHG 514 7407 R0001

M40 3W4P 690 GHG 514 4405 R3001 GHG 514 7405 R0001

M40 4W5P 380-415 GHG 514 4506 R3001 GHG 514 7506 R0001

100A 1 1⁄2 3W4P 125\250 GHG 515 4412 L3001 GHG 515 7412 L0001

1 1⁄2 3W4P 3X250 GHG 515 4409 L3001 GHG 515 7409 L0001

1 1⁄2 3W4P 3X480 GHG 515 4407 L3001 GHG 515 7407 L0001

1 1⁄2 3W4P 3X600 GHG 515 4405 L3001 GHG 515 7405 L0001

1 1⁄2 4W5P 690 GHG 515 4506 L3001 GHG 515 7506 L0001

125A M63 3W4P 220-240 GHG 515 4409 R3001 GHG 515 7409 R0001

M63 3W4P 380-415 GHG 515 4406 R3001 GHG 515 7406 R0001

M63 3W4P 500 GHG 515 4407 R3001 GHG 515 7407 R0001

M63 3W4P 690 GHG 515 4405 R3001 GHG 515 7405 R0001

M63 4W5P 380-415 GHG 515 4506 R3001 GHG 515 7506 R0001

Dimensional Data (inches)20\16A 30\32A 60\63A

3P 4\5P 4\5P 4\5P 100\125A

B 3.5 4.3 4.7 7.9 8.9

X 3.15 3.94 4.33 7.09 8.10

T 4.8 5.8 6.6 8.9 10.0

Y 4.53 5.31 6.70 10.87 11.90

L 6.1 6.9 8.1 14.6 13.3

H 8.8 9.3 11.5 18.7 21.1

20\16A 30\32A 60\63A3P 4P 5P 4\5P 4\5P 100\125A

A 6.7 7.4 7.4 9.8 10.7 12.32

B 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.9 4.3 5.16CORD DIA.RANGE (in.) .515-.827 .515-1.102 .630-1.378 .827-2.28

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1074

PDFINFO


5P IEC 309 Pin & Sleeve DevicesDimensional Data (inches)

Plug DimensionsAmps A B CORD RANGE

3 Pole 4 Pole 5 Pole

20\16A 7.37 3.00 .315-.748 .315-748 .472-827

30\32a 7.37 3.00 .314-.748 .315-.748 .472-.827

60\63a 10.71 4.33 .630-1.378 .630-1.378 .827-1.378

100\125A 12.32 5.16 .827-1.89 .827-2.28 1.22-2.28

Receptacle Dimensions

Amps A B C D E F MTC. DIMS.DIA. X Y

20\16A 2.95 4.37 3.31 3.38 3.38 .236 2.74 2.74

30\32A 3.35 4.92 3.74 3.38 3.38 .236 2.74 2.74

60\63A 4.57 6.18 4.61 4.13 4.13 .236 3.50 3.50

100\125A 4.81 6.56 4.80 5.12 5.32 .250 4.09 4.09

Connector DimensionsAmps A B CORD RANGE

3 Pole 4 Pole 5 Pole

20\16A 8.58 3.38 .315-.748 .315-827 .472-827

30\32A 10.40 3.82 .315-.748 .315-.827 .472-.827

60\63A 12.52 4.61 .630-1.378 .630-1.378 .827-1.378

100\125A 13.40 5.32 .827-1.89 .827-2.28 1.22-.2.28

Interlock Dimensions

Amps A B C X Y20, 30 16, 32,

60, 100A 63, 125A

HUB CABLEGLAND

*20\16A 8.8 6.7 3.5 3.7 4.5 1\2 M20

20\16A 9.3 6.9 4.3 3.9 5.3 3\4 M25

30\32A 11.2 8.07 4.7 4.3 6.7 1 M32

60\63A 18.7 12.3 7.9 7.1 10.9 11\4 M40

100\125A 21.1 13.3 8,9 8,1 11.9 11\2 M63

*3 Pole Only

Inlet Dimensions

Amps A B C D F MTC. DIMS.DIA. X Y

20\16A 3.27 3.02 3.38 3.38 .236 2.74 2.74

30\32A 4.26 3.75 3.38 3.38 .236 2.74 2.74

60$63A 5.44 4.34 4.13 4.13 .236 3.50 3.50

100\125A 5.48 5.20 5.12 5.32 0.25 4.09 4.09

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1075

PDFINFO


5PIEC 309 Pin & Sleeve DevicesAccessories

Back Box Dimensions

Cat. No. HUB A B

ARE13 1⁄2 1.84 .69

ARE23 3⁄4 1.84 .81

ARE33 1 1.97 .94* Footprint: 2.74 x 2.74

16, 20, 30, & 32A Cast ALUMINUM

Cat. No. HUB HUB CONFIG. G

ARRH13 1⁄2 Dead End .69

ARRH23 3⁄4 Dead End .81

ARRH33 1 Dead End .94

ARRC13 1⁄2 Feed Thru .69

ARRC23 3⁄4 Feed Thru .81

ARRD33 1 Feed Thru .94* Footprint: 2.74 x 2.74

Cat. No.CHBB2

* Footprint: 2.74 x 2.74(Not U.L. Listed)

60A & 63A Cast Aluminum

Cat. No. HUB A B

ARE36 1 2.56 .69

ARE46 1 1⁄4 2.62 1.19

ARE56 1 1⁄2 2.69 1.31† Footprint: 5.4 x 2.74

100A & 125A Cast Aluminum

Cat. No.CHBB1

‡ Footprint: 4.09 x 4.09

Aluminum Fits ARRH and ARRC30A Angle Adaptor Cast

Cat. No. A B

AR30 3.38 4.12

Plug Closure Cap Enclosure Myers Hub Enclosure Cable Gland Enclosure Closure Plug

3 pole CHCC320 STM1 CHCG20 CHCP2020/16A 4 pole CHCC420 STM2 CHCG25 CHCP25

5 pole CHCC5203 pole CHCC3430

30/32A 4 pole STM3 CHCG40 CHCG405 pole CHCC5303 pole

60/63A 4 pole CHCC60 STM4 CHCG50 CHCP505 pole

3 pole

100/125A 4 pole CHCC100 STM5 CHCG63 CHCP635 pole

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1076



5P Angled Back Box AdaptersFor 20, 30, 60 & 100 AmpIEC 309 Receptacles and Inlets

New Angled Adaptersinstall directly onto

existing CooperCrouse-Hinds Back

Boxes!

FEATURES:� Square footprint on adapter allows back box conduit openings to bepositioned vertically or horizontally.� 15° angle eliminates cord stress on attached plug.� Heavy-duty cast aluminum back boxes are ideal for abusiveenvironments.� Epoxy powder coat finish available for additional corrosionresistance.� Stainless steel hardware.� Quick and easy to install.� Neoprene gasket provided between adapter and back box foradditional weather resistance

DIMENSIONS (INCHES):

CatalogNumber A B

Receptacle/InletFootprint

AR30 3.4 3.9 2.74 x 2.74

AR601 4.3 4.9 3.03 x 3.34

AR100 5.9 6.2 4.09 x 4.09

Cooper Crouse-Hinds Angled Back BoxAdapters install IEC 309 receptacles or inlets toexisting back boxes at a 15° angle, eliminatingplug cord stress and maximizing wiringcapacity.Designed with a square footprint, the angledback box adapter allows the conduit openingsto be positioned vertically or horizontally.

20/30 Amp 60 Amp 100 Amp

ORDERING INFORMATION:Rating ofReceptacle orInlet

Angled AdapterCatalog Number

Mating SquareBack BoxCatalog Numbers

20A AR30 ARRH/ARRC 13, 23, 33

30A AR30 ARRH/ARRC 13, 23, 33

60A AR601 ARRH/ARRC 36, 46, 56

100A AR100 AJ/AJC 46, 56

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1077



5PAdapters PlatesFor 20, 30, 60 & 100 AmpIEC 309 Receptacles and Inlets

FEATURES:� Heavy-duty aluminum plate fits directly to the Hubbell footprint.� Adapter plate is engineered to be used with the gasket that isprovided with the Cooper Crouse-Hinds receptacle or inlet.� Provided gasket maintains watertight integrity between adapter plateand Hubbell box.� Stainless steel hardware provided for attaching adapter plate toback box and receptacle or inlet to adapter plate.� Corrosion resistant� Quick and easy to install

DIMENSIONS (INCHES):

Cooper Crouse-Hinds H-Series AdapterPlates permit a Cooper Crouse-Hinds IEC309 receptacle or inlet to be mounted to aHubbell® back box.

ORDERING INFORMATION:Rating of Cooper Catalog NumberCrouse-Hinds of Hubbell Adapter PlateReceptacle or Inlet Back Box Catalog Number

20A/30A BB201W/BB301W CHAP30H60A BB601W/BB602W CHAP60H100A BB1001W/BB1002W CHAP100H

CooperOverall Hubbell Crouse-Hinds

Size Footprint Footprint

A B C D E FCHAP30H 4.03 3.78 3.13 3.13 2.74 2.74CHAP60H 4.53 4.53 3.88 3.88 3.03 3.35CHAP100H 5.53 5.53 4.88 4.88 4.09 4.09

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1078



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1079



6PWiring Devices With CoversNon-Hazardous


Wet Location CoversApplications/Features 1080Ordering Information 1081

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1080



6P WLRS, WLRD and WLGF Wet Location CoversFor NEMA Configuration Receptacle InteriorsFor FS and FD Cast Device BoxesFlush Device Boxes

Application:WLRS, WLRD and WLGF series covers aresuitable for use in wet and damp locations.WLGF is suitable for damp and wet locationsonly when cover is closed.WLRS and WLRD series wiring device coversare designed to meet the total NECoderequirements for wet locations – Article410-57:

‘‘A receptacle installed outdoors whereexposed to weather or in other wetlocations shall be in a weatherproofenclosure, the integrity of which is notaffected when the receptacle is in use(attachment plug cap inserted).‘‘

Use WLRS, WLRD and WLGF:� wherever portable equipment is required� as general purpose utility receptacle covers� for industrial, commercial or residential use� in areas where electrical requirements donot exceed medium duty ratings� to mount FS and FD single-gang or multi-gang boxes having individual cover openings(see Sect. 3F for listings)� to mount on most flush device boxes (seeAccessories)

Features:WLRS, WLRD and WLGF covers:� self closing spring door assures protectionof wiring device at all times, in wet and damplocations� one piece EPDM gasket providesenvironmental protection of wiring device atall times� Specially formulated elastomeric gasketingmaterial offers excellent resistance to ozone,weather and temperature extremes of –50°Fto 260°F� die cast, copper-free aluminumconstruction with aluminum lacquer finishprovides maximum corrosion resistance� positive ground path ensured for allexposed metal partsNEMA configuration receptacle interiors:� comply with NEMA Standards WD-1 andWD-5� grounded through an extra contact in alltypes except 3-phase applications; selfgrounded in duplex variety� back and side wired� offered in single and duplex configurationsfor use with standard plugs� specification grade

Standard Materials:� WLRS, WLRD and WLGF face plate andcover – die cast copper-free aluminum� Cover hinge spring – stainless steel� Cover screws – corrosion resistant metal� Gasket – WLRS and WLRD – ethylenepropylene rubber (EPDM)� Gasket – WLGF – neoprene

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 15 amperes; 125, 250, or 277 volts� 20 and 30 amperes; 125, 250, 277, 480,600, 125/250, 208/120, 480/277 or 600/347volts

Accessories:Flush mounting adapter – WLRA-1 requiredfor mounting on device boxes (not requiredwith WLGF)

Certifications andCompliances:� ANSI/UL Standard 514A� NECode 410-57� NEMA Standards WD-1, 1983 (StraightBlade) and WD-5, 1982 (Locking Type) Typical installation

Spring Door Covers – with Gasket*

Description Single cover Duplex coverCat. # WLRS-1 and WLRS-2 WLRD-1

* Patent Number 4,058,358

Dimensions

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1081



6PWLRS, WLRD and WLGF WetLocation Covers

Covers with and without NEMA Configuration Receptacles

Type VoltsNEMAConfiguration

CompleteCover withReceptacleAssy. Cat. #

Spring DoorCover &Gasket OnlyCat. #‡ Type Volts

NEMAConfiguration

CompleteCover withReceptacleAssy. Cat. #

Spring DoorCover &Gasket OnlyCat. #‡

Single Device Duplex Device

For Non-Locking Blade Plugs125V 5-15R WLRS-5-15 WLRS-1 125V 5-15R WLRD-5-15 WLRD-1

250V 6-15R WLRS-6-15 WLRS-1 250V 6-15R WLRD-6-15 WLRD-1

2-Pole3-WireGrounding15 Amp






For Locking Blade Plugs

125V L5-15R WLRS-L5-15 WLRS-1 125V L5-15R WLRD-L5-15 WLRD-1

250V L6-15R WLRS-L6-15 WLRS-1






Wet Location Covers for GFCI Duplex Receptacles

WLGF – For Flush Device Boxes WLGF-FS – For FS and FD Cast Device Boxes

‡ Must be used with a wet locations rated wiring device.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1082



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1083



7PCable-GardTM Industrial CableManagement SystemNon-Hazardous


Static Discharge Reels 1085

Cable ReelsApplication 1086Technical Data 1087Lifting/Stretching Reels 1088Retrieve Reels 1089

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1084



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1085



7PCable-GardTM

Static Discharge Reels

Application:Static discharge reels are used for grounding portable machines andequipment in hazardous areas, such as fuel-transfer trucks, grainelevators, dockside-loading facilities and barges. When properlyclamped to ground the static discharge reel safely dissipates staticelectrical buildup and reduces the chance of sparking and thepotential for explosion.

Features:� Automatic rewinding� Rugged steel construction� Compact enclosed design� Positive ratchet lock� Lock on/lock off switch� Steel cable installed� 100 amp universal jaw-type grounding clamp� Safety orange polyester baked-on finish

SDR-50

Standard Materials:� Housing – steel construction

Standard Finishes:� Housing – Orange polyester; baked on finish


Cable Length Description Weight Complete Catalog Number(Feet) lbs. (Kg)

50 Single 7 x 30 steel* 12 (5.4) SDR-50

50 35′ plus 2 x 15′ for Y (steel*) 13 (5.9) SDR-50Y

50 Nylon covered cable* 12 (5.4) SDR-50N

* Static discharge reels are supplied complete with 3⁄32� steel aircraft cable. DC resistance is approximately one ohm per 50 ft. of steel cable.

Dimensions

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1086



7P Cable-GardTM Cable Reels NEMA 3,3RRaintight

Application:Cable-Gard cable reels are designed for theconstant, predictable pull of a machine andare designed for reliable operation in manyapplications. Typical uses include travellingcars, mobile hoists and various objects beinglifted under power such as lifting magnets oncranes.

Features:� Unitized slip ring assembly transfers currentfrom stationary to rotary. Brushes are anintegral part of the slip ring assembly.� Safe to change spring motor that is sizedper application, clock type spring withwindow shade type action. Sealed indisposable housing, spring is never exposedto unravel and possibly harm.� Watertight cable entrance terminates cordto reel spool with positive grip, watertightseal.� Large junction box with 3⁄4� NPT conduitentrance may be positioned in choice of fourdirections.� Multi-position roller guide is adjustable to 4different positions. Allows easy adaptation ofreel to positioning requirements of theapplication and controlled uniform retractionof cable onto spool. Roller guides areoptional; consult factory.� Baked-on powder epoxy finish providestightly bonded, homogenous shield toabrasion and corrosion.� Ratchet lock is provided for window shadetype action. May be easily disengaged in fieldfor constant tension applications.

Standard Materials:� Frame, spool – steel

Standard Finishes:� Baked on powder epoxy – orange

Options:� Ball stop – keeps cable from rewinding outof reach in hand-pull applications.

Cable Range Suffix to beO.D. Min./Max. added to Cat. No.

.38 – .50 – C1

.50 – .75 – C2

.75 – 1.00 – C3

Ball stop may be ordered separately; usesuffix number as catalog number.

� Pivot base – Pivot base allows 340° rotationof reel. Required for applications demandingreel self-alignment to direction of the cablerun.

Suffix to beadded to Cat. No.

– STo order separately:

Pivot BaseSeries Cat. No.W14 PB14W16 PB16W19 PB19

� Reel supplied less cableSuffix to be

added to Cat. No.– NC

Certifications andCompliances:� ANSI/UL 355� CSA C22.2� NEMA 3, 3R

Electrical Ranges:� 600 VAC (cable reel)� Cord: #16 - #10, Type ‘‘SO’’, #8, Type ‘‘W’’, or Type ‘‘G’’ (see listings).

Dimensional Data:

Dimensions in inches

FrameSize C D E F G H J K L M N P Q RW14 3.75 2.75 13.75 8.25 7.00 9.25 6.12 16.25 15.00 8.12 8.00 14.25 2.50 1.25W16 5.50 2.75 15.75 9.31 7.00 9.25 7.94 18.25 17.00 9.12 8.50 16.25 3.00 1.25W19 5.75 2.75 19.00 10.00 10.50 9.25 7.00 20.50 20.25 10.75 11.00 18.50 3.50 1.25

Slip Ring Housing Dimensions:W14 W16 W19Poles/Amps A B Poles/Amps A B Poles/Amps A B1–4; 30 Amps 4.50 5.69 1–4; 30 Amps 4.50 5.94 1–4; 30 Amps 3.25 5.445–8; 30 Amps 6.00 7.19 5–8; 30 Amps 6.00 7.44 5–8; 30 Amps 4.50 6.699–12; 30 Amps 7.50 8.69 9–12; 30 Amps 7.50 8.94 9–12; 30 Amps 6.00 8.191–4; 55 Amps 6.00 7.19 1–4; 54 Amps 6.00 7.44 1–4; 55 Amps 4.50 6.69

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1087



7PCable-GardTM Cable Reels RaintightNEMA 3,3R

Catalog Numbering System

W 16 L – A 03 045

REEL SERIES

W = Weathertight

SPOOL O.D. (approx. in.)

APPLICATION

L = LiftR = Retrieve

AWG

A = #16B = #14C = #12D = #10E = #8F = #8 Type ‘‘G’’†

NO. CONDUCTORS

CABLE LENGTH (ft)

OPTIONAL ITEMSORDERED AS SUFFIX

REEL ORDERED WITHOUTCABLE ADD ‘‘–NC’’

† Type ‘‘G’’ cable is supplied with a ground conductor.

Reel Selection ProcessDetermine:1. CABLE SIZE AND NO. OF CONDUCTORS

Be sure to choose cable that will adequately handle the currentload (include ground when stating number of conductors). If thedesired cable is not listed, consult factory.

2. CABLE LENGTHReels in this brochure will handle up to 150 feet of cable. Decidehow far your equipment will travel from the reel and choose theappropriate column. The amount of cable needed to install thecable on the reel has been included. However, you must add:

1) the amount of cable needed for HOOK-UP to your equipment, and2) Cable SAG ALLOWANCE if ‘‘STRETCH’’ applications (see footnote*). Round up to the nearest footage on the selection chart.

CABLE LENGTH NEEDED = EQUIPMENT TRAVEL DISTANCE PLUSHOOK-UP PLUS SAG ALLOWANCE. (Sag allowance needed for‘‘stretch’’ applications only.)3. TYPE OF CABLE

This is important as stranding and construction vary. Cable-Gardreels are provided with cable as listed in the electrical ranges listingon page 1086.

4. APPLICATION

* Sag allowance must be considered when figuring cable lengthfor STRETCH applications. Add 1 ft. of cable for each 50 ft. ofworking cable calculated for your application. (Working cableexcludes hook-up length.)

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1088



7P Lifting/Stretching Reels

Reels for Lifting/StretchingEXAMPLE: A hoist is to travel 52 feet along an I-beam – this is aSTRETCH application. Required cable is 4 Conductor/No. 14. Hook-upis 2 feet.

The following EXAMPLES appear in bold type in the selection charts.

1. If the reel must be END MOUNTED, the required cable length wouldbe 52 feet, plus 2 feet for the hook-up plus 2 feet for sagconsideration*. Round up to 60 feet per the available footage in thechart below. The correct model to choose would be W16L-B04060.

2. If the reel may be CENTER MOUNTED, only half as much cable isrequired – it will be used in both directions. Half of the requiredlength would be 26 feet, plus 2 feet for the hook-up plus 1 foot forsag consideration for a total of 29 feet. Round up to 30 feet andchoose model W14L-B04030. A savings will be realized becauseless cable was used and, thus, a smaller reel was required.

Selection Chart

WireSize

No. ofCond. 20 Feet 30 Feet 40 Feet 50 Feet 60 Feet 70 Feet

16

3 W14L-A03020 W14L-A03030 W14L-A03040 W16L-A03050 W16L-A03060 W19L-A030704 W14L-A04020 W14L-A04030 W14L-A04040 W16L-A04050 W16L-A04060 W19L-A040706 W14L-A06020 W14L-A06030 W14L-A06040 W14L-A06050 W16L-A06060 W19L-A060708 W16L-A08020 W16L-A08030 W16L-A08040 W16L-A08050 W16L-A08060 W19L-A08070

10 W16L-A10020 W16L-A10030 W16L-A10040 W16L-A10050 W19L-A10060 W19L-A1007012 W16L-A12020 W16L-A12030 W16L-A12040 W16L-A12050 W19L-A12060 W19L-A12070

14

3 W14L-B03020 W14L-B03030 W14L-B03040 W14L-B03050 W16L-B03060 W16L-B030704 W14L-B04020 W14L-B04030 W14L-B04040 W14L-B04050 W16L-B04060 W16L-B040706 W14L-B06020 W14L-B06030 W16L-B06040 W16L-B06050 W16L-B06060 W19L-B060708 W14L-B08020 W16L-B08030 W16L-B08040 W16L-B08050 W19L-B08060 W19L-B08070

10 W14L-B10020 W16L-B10030 W19L-B1004012 W16L-B12020 W16L-B12030 W19L-B12040

12

3 W14L-C03020 W14L-C03030 W14L-C03040 W14L-C03050 W16L-C03060 W19L-C030704 W14L-C04020 W14L-C04030 W14L-C04040 W16L-C04050 W16L-C04060 W19L-C040706 W14L-C06020 W16L-C06030 W16L-C06040 W19L-C06050 W19L-C060608 W14L-C08020 W16L-C08030 W19L-C08040

103 W14L-D03020 W14L-D03030 W14L-D03040 W16L-D03050 W16L-D03060 W19L-D030704 W14L-D04020 W14L-D04030 W16L-D04040 W16L-D04050 W19L-D04060 W19L-D040706 W16L-D06020

82 W14L-E02020 W16L-E02030 W16L-E02040 W19L-E020503 W16L-E03020 W16L-E03030 W19L-E030403† W14L-F03020 W16L-F03030 W19L-F030404 W16L-E04020 W16L-E04030 W19L-E04040

* Sag allowance must be considered when figuring cable length for STRETCH applications. Add 1 foot of cable for each 50 feet of working cablecalculated for your application. (Working cable excludes hook-up length.)

† Type ‘‘G’’ cable.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1089



7PRetrieve Reels

Reels for RetrievingEXAMPLE: A moving car is to travel 55 feet. Required cable is 4Conductor/No. 10. Extra cables needed to hook up to the car is 2 feet.

The following EXAMPLES appear in bold type in the selection charts.

1. If the reel must be END MOUNTED, the required cable length wouldbe 55 feet, plus 2 feet for the hook-up. Round up to 60 feet per theavailable footage in the chart below. The correct model to choosewould be W19R-D04060.

2. If the reel may be CENTER MOUNTED, only half as much cable isrequired – it will be used in both directions. Half of the requiredlength would be 27.5 feet, plus 2 feet for the hook-up for a total of29.5 feet. Round up to 30 feet and choose model W14R-D04030. Asavings will be realized because less cable was used and, thus, asmaller reel was required.

Selection Chart

WireSize

No. ofCond. 20 Feet 30 Feet 40 Feet 50 Feet 60 Feet 70 Feet

16

3 W14R-A03020 W14R-A03030 W14R-A03040 W16R-A03050 W16R-A03060 W19R-A030704 W14R-A04020 W14R-A04030 W14R-A04040 W16R-A04050 W16R-A04060 W19R-A040706 W14R-A06020 W14R-A06030 W14R-A06040 W14R-A06050 W16R-A06060 W19R-A060708 W14R-A08020 W14R-A08030 W16R-A08040 W16R-A08050 W16R-A08060 W19R-A08070

10 W14R-A10020 W14R-A10030 W16R-A10040 W16R-A10050 W19R-A10060 W19R-A1007012 W14R-A12020 W14R-A12030 W16R-A12040 W16R-A12050 W19R-A12060 W19R-A12070

14

3 W14R-B03020 W14R-B03030 W14R-B03040 W14R-B03050 W16R-B03060 W19R-B030704 W14R-B04020 W14R-B04030 W14R-B04040 W14R-B04050 W16R-B04060 W19R-B040706 W14R-B06020 W14R-B06030 W16R-B06040 W16R-B06050 W16R-B06060 W19R-B060708 W14R-B08020 W16R-B08030 W16R-B08040 W19R-B08050 W19R-B08060 W19R-B08070

10 W14R-B10020 W16R-B10030 W19R-B1004012 W16R-B12020 W16R-B12030 W19R-B12040

12

3 W14R-C03020 W14R-C03030 W14R-C03040 W14R-C03050 W16R-C03060 W16R-C030704 W14R-C04020 W14R-C04030 W14R-C04040 W16R-C04050 W16R-C04060 W19R-C040706 W14R-C06020 W16R-C06030 W16R-C06040 W19R-C06050 W19R-C06060 W19R-060708 W14R-C08020 W16R-C08030 W19R-C08040

1012

103 W14R-D03020 W14R-D03030 W14R-D03040 W16R-D03050 W16R-D03060 W16R-D030704 W14R-D04020 W14R-D04030 W16R-D04040 W16R-D04050 W19R-D04060 W19R-D040706 W14R-D06020 W19R-D06030 W19R-D060408 W19R-D08020 W19R-D08030

82 W14R-E02020 W16R-E02030 W16R-E02040 W19R-E02050 W20AR-E020603 W14R-E03020 W16R-E03030 W19R-E030403† W14R-F03020 W16R-F03030 W19R-F030404 W16R-E04020 W16R-E04030 W19R-E04040

† Type ‘‘G’’ cable.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1090



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1091



8PSpecial Purpose Plugs and ReceptaclesNon-Hazardous


Application/Selection 1092

Circuit Breaking Power Connectors – Arktrol®

RPC SeriesAccessories 1106Adapters and Back Boxes 1107Dimensions 1108, 1109General Information 1093-1094Listings 1096-1103

Control Circuit and Power Connectors – Arktrol®

RPE SeriesAccessories 1106Adapters and Back Boxes 1107Dimensions 1108, 1109General Information 1093-1095Listings 1104, 1105

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1092



8P Special Purpose Plugs and ReceptaclesApplication

Application:Special purpose plugs and receptacles listedin this section are for use in non-hazardousareas, where environmental or applicationconsiderations require non-standard plugsand receptacles. Included in this section areARK-trol® plugs and receptacles (RPC andRPE).

ARK-trol Plugs andReceptacles (RPC and RPE)� Are used with a wide range of equipmentrequiring a variety of contact configurationsunder conditions of hard usage and exposureto rigorous environments.� Two basic types: RPC – circuit breakingpower connectors; RPE – control circuit,power and welding connectors.RPC – A variety of configurations (with amaximum of five-poles) are available for oneand three-phase circuits. Electrical range is30, 60, 100, 200 amperes at a maximum of600 vac.RPE – A wider range of configurations areavailable. Range of amperages available upto 500 amperes at a maximum of 600 vac.Both types are available (either as standardor as option) with solder well terminals forhigh reliability, or crimp or pressure terminalsfor ease of installation. Listings on pages1096 to 1105, show complete assemblies withmating plugs and components. Forinformation on features, options, componentsand complete assemblies, see pages 1093 to1095.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1093



8PARK-trol® Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsRPE Control Circuit and Power Connectors

Application:ARK-trol RPC circuit breaking powerconnectors and RPE control circuit powerconnectors are used:� with a wide variety of portable electricalequipment� for connection of devices ranging fromsimple lighting units, power tools, and similarportables requiring only a power supplycircuit, to sophisticated control andinstrumentation assemblies requiringdisconnect� under conditions of hard usage and whereexposed to dust, dirt, water, corrosion andchemical attack, providing high reliability andtrouble-free service� indoors or outdoors in non-hazardousareas of petroleum refineries, chemical andpetrochemical plants, manufacturing plants,military installations and similar locations� on machine tools and similar equipment

Features:� All ARK-trol connectors have the sameproperties, characteristics and environmentalcapabilities outlined under ‘‘Compliances.’’

Construction:� All ARK-trol plug, receptacle and cordconnector shell parts are of high-strengthimpact extruded aluminum, hard coated witha high density anodize finish. The resultantassemblies are light weight, extremelystrong, free from surface defects and flaws,and with superior resistance to abrasion,corrosion and chemical attack.� ‘‘Tri-Disc’’ insert assemblies consist of tworigid insulators with a silicone rubber waferbetween to provide a cushioning actionagainst mechanical damage and to effect apositive seal against penetration by water,moisture, dust, gas and other undesirablematter. Assembly of the inserts compressesthe silicone wafer to seal against the innerwall of the plug or receptacle shell, andaround each individual contact.� ARK-trol insulating material is of highdielectric and mechanical strength with lowmoisture absorption and excellent resistanceto arc tracking. Socket contacts are eachenclosed in a separate chamber in the siloinsulator. Arcs formed while making orbreaking a circuit are quickly snuffed out inthe chambers.� Contacts are removable and, for ease ofinstallation, are snapped into the insertassemblies after wire termination.Termination methods employed are solder,crimp and pressure. Solder well contacts arestandard and are furnished unless otherwisespecified. Crimp contacts are available in allsizes and configurations. Pressure contacts,due to increased terminal area, are availableonly in certain assemblies as shown in thelistings.

� For cable strain relief and watertight seal,plugs and cord connector recpetacles areprovided with gland nut and taperedNeoprene bushing.

Positive Polarization:� Polarization of ARK-trol connectors is suchthat plugs and receptacles cannot be matedincorrectly.� Insert assemblies must be correctly alignedand will fit plug and receptacle shells in oneposition only, because of a raised key on theinner wall of the shells.� Seven keys on the inner wall of thereceptacle and seven mating keyways on theouter diameter of the plug shell are spacedso that the plug and receptacle can be matedin one position only. One key and onekeyway are larger than the other six as aguide to rapid connection, easily performedunder adverse field conditions – even in totaldarkness.

Interchangeability:� Shell components and insert assemblies ineach diameter are interchangeable. Bothmale and female basic shells will accepteither pin or socket inserts. This featurepermits the use of both plug and receptaclein either an energized or de-energizedcondition.

Grounding:� Grounded connectors have pin and socketcontacts with integral grounding straps whichpress against the inner wall of plug,receptacle and cord connector shells,effectively bonding the shells to thegrounding contacts.� Grounding socket contacts are longer thancurrent carrying contacts to make first andbreak last, assuring a positive ground beforecircuits are energized and after circuits arede-energized.

Standard Materials:� Back boxes and adapters – copper-freealuminum� Plug, receptacle and cord connector shells– impact extruded aluminum� Insulation – diallyl phthalate (DAP)� Insulation – fiberglass-reinforced polyestermaterial� Sealing wafer – silicone rubber� Contacts – hard drawn copper

Standard Finishes:� Copper-free aluminum – natural� Impact extruded aluminum – hard coatanodized� Diallyl phthalate – natural (blue)� Fiberglass-reinforced polyester material –natural (red)� Silicone – natural (grey)� Copper – silver plated

Options:� Alternate polarities – ungroundedconnectors. Standard polarity is position ‘‘N’’shown below. Alternate positions ‘‘V’’, ‘‘W’’,‘‘X’’ or ‘‘Y’’ can be furnished. To order,substitute for the letter ‘‘N’’ in the listed Cat.No., the letter for the desired polarization.

Example: RPC217-127–SO1N-ARE23 withpolarity ‘‘X’’ becomesRCP217-127–SO1X-ARE23.

� Alternate polarities – grounded connectors.Standard polarity is position ‘‘A’’ shownbelow. Alternate positions ‘‘B’’, ‘‘C’’, ‘‘D’’ or‘‘E’’ can be furnished. To order, substitute forthe letter ‘‘A’’ in the listed Cat. No., the letterfor the desired polarization.

Example: RPC217-127–SO2A-ARE23 withpolarity ‘‘D’’ becomesRPC217-127–SO2D-ARE23.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1094



8P ARK-trol® Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsRPE Control Circuit and Power Connectors

Raintight

Options (continued):� Crimp type contacts – available on allassemblies with solder well contacts. Toorder, add letter ‘‘T’’ to Cat. No., immediatelyfollowing polarity letter.

Examples: RPC217-127–S01N-ARE23 andRPC217-127–S02A-ARE23 except with crimpcontacts would be ordered asRPC217-127–S01NT-ARE23 andRPC217-127–S02AT-ARE23 respectively.� Alternate cable strain relief methods forplugs and connectors:Stainless steel wire mesh cord grip. Toorder, add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section of Cat.No.

Example: RPC117-150–P01N with wire meshgrip would be ordered asRPCK117-150–P01N.

Adapter for use with liquid tight/rigid conduit.To order, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to first section ofcatalog number.

Example: RPC117-150–P01N with liquidtight/conduit adapter would be ordered asRPCLT117-150–P01N.

Electrical Rating Ranges:� Voltage – 250, 480 and 600vac� Frequency – 50** to 400 hertz� See listings for specific ratings.

Ampere Ratings:� Ratings given in the table at right areapplicable to RPC circuit breaking powerconnectors and RPE control connectors, asindicated.� RPC connectors are capable of making orbreaking circuits at the full rated loadindicated in the table on the listing pages.� Contact assemblies of RPE connectorshave the current carrying capabilities shownin the table, as defined by applicable militaryspecifications (MS) and NEC requirements,for circuits not made or broken under load. Itshould be noted that these non-interruptingampere ratings exceed the NEC rating of thecorresponding wire size.

RPCCircuitBreaking RPE ConnectorsConnectors

Contact Non-InterruptingSize NEC Ampere RatingAWG Rating MS(AN) NEC#16 22 16#12 20A 41 30#10 30A 57 40#4 60A 135 901/0 100A 250 1604/0 200A 335 225

Certifications and Compliances:� Properties Characteristics

Industrial use excludes dust, lint, fibers and flying, oil seepage and coolantseepage – meets J.I.C. Standard

Driptight excludes falling moisture or dirt – materials unaffected bycondensation

Weather resistant performs normally in outdoor areas

(weatherproof)

Watertight excludes water by hose spray or stream

Dust tight excludes dust, but performs normally if dust is accidentallyenclosed during disconnect

Chemical resistance high resistant to alkalis, strong caustics, acids, petroleum base andorganic solvents

Pressure 300 psi external – 200 psi internal

� Compliance with Military Specifications

Environment Performance Data

Corrosion resistance salt spray 300 days. MIL-STD-810E

Temperature –80°F to 275°F, meeting requirements of MIL-STD-810E

Air leakage exceeds Class E specification MIL-STD-810E

Dust resistance exceeds requirements of MIL-STD-810E

Shock resistance 50G exceeds MIL-STD-810E

Vibration exceeds 20G, method II, MIL-STD-810E

Humidity & moisture exceeds Class E specification MIL-STD-810E

ANSI/UL Standard 498

** For use on system less than 60 hertz the receptacles, plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1095



8PARK-trol® Electrical ConnectorsCatalog Numbering System

RPC 2 21– 014– S 02 N R / –ARE23

(Optional)Back Box

(Optional)If Plugged

ContactOpenings Are

Required

Contact Termination

Polarity Designation

Contact Configuration

Contact Type

ConnectorSeries

(Optional)Additional CableStrain Relief

Shell PartsDesignation

Shell Size

Component Accessories

CONNECTOR SERIESRPC – circuit breakingRPE – for disconnect use onlyRPX – hazardous (gasoline or equivalenthazards, see Section 9P)

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEF(Optional)K � Wire mesh cord gripLT � Liquidtight/conduit connection

SHELL PARTS DESIGNATION0 � No shell part required1 � Plug shell2 � Receptacle3 � Cord connector4 � Connector handle body only5 � Plug shell (long)6 � Receptacle (long)7 � Cord connector (long)

SHELL SIZEInside Diameter measured in X/16� (017, 021,033, 041, i.e., 017 shell size � 17⁄16�)

COMPONENT ACCESSORIESThis code indicates the combination of shellparts to fit your application; e.g., 014 �square flanged receptacle with insertretaining nut and dust cap; 150 � plughandle body, bushing, and clamping nut forcable with a diameter of .250 to .625.

CONTACT TYPEP � Pin (male)S � Socket (female)

CONTACT CONFIGURATIONThis assigned code indicates the actualconfiguration of the contacts (pin and socket)in the insert assembly for a particular shellsize. This is based upon electrical ratings(amperage and voltage) and the number ofcontacts required. It does not indicate thenumber of contacts in the configuration.

POLARITY DESIGNATIONN � Standard position – ungroundedV, W, X or Y � Alternate positions –(ungrounded)A � Standard position – groundedB, C, D or E � Alternate positions –(grounded)

CONTACT TERMINATIONBlank � Solder well (standard unless noted)R � Pressure (See complete orderinginformation that follows for availability)T � Crimp (available in all configurations)

PLUGGED CONTACT OPENINGS(Optional)This option allows greater flexibility, allowingfor unique wiring requirements. The numberfollowing the slash indicates the total numberof contacts that will be supplied (includingground contact, if applicable); all otheropenings in the insert assembly will beplugged.

BACK BOXES (Optional)See page 1107 for back box information.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1096



8P ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals1

Raintight

CircuitDescription

Volts(VAC)

ContactSize

ShellSize

HubSize

Square Flanged Receptacle,Dust Cap and Back BoxCat. # (For SurfaceMounting)2, 3

Motor Plug withDust CapCat. #

20 AMPSGrounded 4w, 5p 480 #12 017 3⁄4 RPC217-014-S09A-ARE23 RPC117-157-P09A

1 RPC217-014-S09A-ARE33

Ungrounded 5w, 5p 480 #12 017 3⁄4 RPC217-014-S08N-ARE23 RPC117-157-P08N1 RPC217-014-S08N-ARE33


1 RPC217-014-S02A-ARE33

3w, 4p 480 #10 017 3⁄4 RPC217-014-S04A-ARE23 RPC117-157-P04A1 RPC217-014-S04A-ARE33

4w, 5p 480 #10 021 3⁄4 RPC221-014-S17A-ARE23 RPC121-157-P17A1 RPC221-014-S17A-ARE33

Ungrounded 3w, 3p 480 #10 017 3⁄4 RPC217-014-S01N-ARE23 RPC117-157-P01N1 RPC217-014-S01N-ARE33

4w, 4p 480 #10 017 3⁄4 RPC217-014-S03N-ARE23 RPC117-157-P03N1 RPC217-014-S03N-ARE33

5w, 5p 480 #10 021 3⁄4 RPC221-014-S16N-ARE23 RPC121-157-P16N1 RPC221-014-S16N-ARE33


11⁄2 RPC233-014-S08A-ARE56

4w, 5p 480 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S09A-ARE46 RPC133-157-P09A11⁄2 RPC233-014-S09A-ARE56

Ungrounded 4w, 4p 600 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S05N-ARE46 RPC133-157-P05N11⁄2 RPC233-014-S05N-ARE56

5w, 5p 480 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S06N-ARE46 RPC133-157-P06N11⁄2 RPC233-014-S06N-ARE56

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1097



8PARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals1

Raintight

CableDiameter Range

CordConnectorCat. #4

PlugCat. #4

.250 to .625 RPC317-160-S09A RPC117-150-P09A

.625 to .875 RPC317-161-S09A RPC117-151-P09A

.250 to .625 RPC317-160-S08N RPC117-150-P08N

.625 to .875 RPC317-161-S08N RPC117-151-P08N

.250 to .625 RPC317-160-S02A RPC117-150-P02A

.625 to .875 RPC317-161-S02A RPC117-151-P02A

.250 to .625 RPC317-160-S04A RPC117-150-P04A

.625 to .875 RPC317-161-S04A RPC117-151-P04A

.625 to 1.000 RPC321-161-S17A RPC121-151-P17A1.000 to 1.187 RPC321-395-S17A RPC121-387-P17A

.250 to .625 RPC317-160-S01N RPC117-150-P01N

.625 to .875 RPC317-161-S01N RPC117-151-P01N

.250 to .625 RPC317-160-S03N RPC117-150-P03N

.625 to .875 RPC317-161-S03N RPC117-151-P03N

.625 to 1.000 RPC321-161-S16N RPC121-151-P16N1.000 to 1.187 RPC321-395-S16N RPC121-387-P16N

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S08A RPC133-153-P08A1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S08A RPC133-388-P08A1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S08A RPC133-389-P08A

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S09A RPC133-153-P09A1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S09A RPC133-388-P09A1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S09A RPC133-389-P09A

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S05N RPC133-153-P05N1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S05N RPC133-388-P05N1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S05N RPC133-389-P05N

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S06N RPC133-153-P06N1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S06N RPC133-388-P06N1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S06N RPC133-389-P06N

NOTE: RPC with pressure terminals are shown on pages 1100 through 1103.

FOOTNOTES:1 Solder well terminals provided as

standard. Crimp contacts are optionallyavailable, add suffix T to catalog number.Example: RPC217-014-S09AT-ARE23.

2 For square flanged receptacle withoutdust cap, change the middle three digitsof the catalog number from 014 to 127.Example: RPC217-127-S09A-ARE23.

3 For square flanged receptacle with dustcap for panel mounting, delete the lastdigits of the catalog number specifying thebackbox. Example: RPC217-014-S09A.

4 For plugs and cord connectors:

LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to firstsection of catalog number. Example:RPCLT317-160-S09A.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS –� Stainless steel wire mesh grip – Toorder, add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section ofcatalog number. Example:RPCK317-160-S09A.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1098



8P ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals1

Raintight

CircuitDescription

Volts(VAC)

ContactSize

ShellSize

HubSize


Motor PlugCat. #

100 AMPSGrounded 4w, 5p 600 1⁄0 041 11⁄2 RPC641-014-S04A-AJ57 RPC541-157-P04A

2 RPC641-014-S04A-AJ67

Ungrounded 5w, 5p 600 1⁄0 041 11⁄2 RPC641-014-S02N-AJ57 RPC541-157-P02N2 RPC641-014-S02N-AJ67

200 AMPSGrounded 3w, 4p 480 4⁄0 041 2 RPC641-014-S10A-AJ68 RPC541-157-P10A

21⁄2 RPC641-014-S10A-AJ78

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1099



8PARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals1

Raintight

CableDiameter Range


PlugCat. #4

1.375 to 1.875 RPC741-164-S04A RPC541-154-P04A1.875 to 2.062 RPC741-398-S04A RPC541-390-P04A2.062 to 2.250 RPC741-399-S04A RPC541-391-P04A

1.375 to 1.875 RPC741-164-S02N RPC541-154-P02N1.875 to 2.062 RPC741-398-S02N RPC541-390-P02N2.062 to 2.250 RPC741-399-S02N RPC541-391-P02N

1.375 to 1.875 RPC741-164-S10A RPC541-154-P10A1.875 to 2.062 RPC741-398-S10A RPC541-390-P10A2.062 to 2.250 RPC741-399-S10A RPC541-391-P10A

NOTE: RPC with pressure terminals are shown on pages 1100 through 1103.


standard. Crimp contacts are optionallyavailable, add suffix T to catalog number.Example: RPC217-014-S09AT-ARE23.

2 For square flanged receptacle withoutdust cap, change the middle three digitsof the catalog number from 014 to 127.Example: RPC217-127-S09A-ARE23.

3 For square flanged receptacle with dustcap for panel mounting, delete the lastdigits of the catalog number specifying thebackbox. Example: RPC217-014-S09A.


LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to firstsection of catalog number. Example:RPCLT317-160-S09A.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS –� Stainless steel wire mesh grip – Toorder, add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section ofcatalog number. Example:RPCK317-160-S09A.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1100



8P ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Pressure Terminals

Raintight

CircuitDescription

Volts(VAC)

ContactSize

ShellSize

HubSize


Motor PlugCat. #

30 AMPSGrounded 2w, 3p 600 #10 021 3⁄4 RPC221-014-S04AR-ARE23 RPC121-157-P04AR

1 RPC221-014-S04AR-ARE33

Ungrounded 3w, 3p 600 #10 021 3⁄4 RPC221-014-S02NR-ARE23 RPC121-157-P02NR1 RPC221-014-S02NR-ARE33

60 AMPSGrounded 3w, 4p 600 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S08AR-ARE46 RPC133-157-P08AR

11⁄2 RPC233-014-S08AR-ARE56

4w, 5p 480 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S09AR-ARE46 RPC133-157-P09AR11⁄2 RPC233-014-S09AR-ARE56

Ungrounded 4w, 4p 600 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S05NR-ARE46 RPC133-157-P05NR11⁄2 RPC233-014-S05NR-ARE56

5w, 5p 480 #4 033 11⁄4 RPC233-014-S06NR-ARE46 RPC133-157-P06NR11⁄2 RPC233-014-S06NR-ARE56

† For alternate polarizations, see ‘‘Options’’ on page 1093.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1101



8PARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Pressure Terminals

Raintight

CableDiameter Range


PlugCat. #3

.250 to .625 RPC321-160-S04AR RPC121-150-P04AR

.625 to 1.000 RPC321-161-S04AR RPC121-151-P04AR

.250 to .625 RPC321-160-S02NR RPC121-150-P02NR

.625 to 1.000 RPC321-161-S02NR RPC121-151-P02NR

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S08AR RPC133-153-P08AR1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S08AR RPC133-388-P08AR1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S08AR RPC133-389-P08AR

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S09AR RPC133-153-P09AR1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S09AR RPC133-388-P09AR1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S09AR RPC133-389-P09AR

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S05NR RPC133-153-P05NR1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S05NR RPC133-388-P05NR1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S05NR RPC133-389-P05NR

.875 to 1.375 RPC333-163-S06NR RPC133-153-P06NR1.375 to 1.625 RPC333-396-S06NR RPC133-388-P06NR1.625 to 1.875 RPC333-397-S06NR RPC133-389-P06NR

FOOTNOTES:1 For square flanged receptacle without

dust cap, change the middle three digitsof the catalog number from 014 to 127.Example: RPC221-127-S04AR-ARE23.

2 For square flanged receptacle with dustcap for panel mounting, delete the lastdigits of the catalog number specifying thebackbox. Example: RPC221-014-S04AR.


LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to firstsection of catalog number. Example:RPCLT321-160-S04AR.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS – � Stainless steel wire mesh grip – Toorder, add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section ofcatalog number. Example:RPCK321-160-S04AR.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1102



8P ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Pressure Terminals

Raintight

CircuitDescription

Volts(VAC)

ContactSize

ShellSize

HubSize


Motor PlugCat. #

100 AMPSGrounded 4w, 5p 600 1⁄0 041 11⁄2 RPC641-014-S04AR-AJ57 RPC541-157-P04AR

2 RPC641-014-S04AR-AJ67

Ungrounded 5w, 5p 600 1⁄0 041 11⁄2 RPC641-014-S02NR-AJ57 RPC541-157-P02NR2 RPC641-014-S02NR-AJ67


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1103



8PARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsWith Pressure Terminals

Raintight

CableDiameter Range


PlugCat. #3

1.375 to 1.875 RPC741-164-S04AR RPC541-154-P04AR1.875 to 2.062 RPC741-398-S04AR RPC541-390-P04AR2.062 to 2.250 RPC741-399-S04AR RPC541-391-P04AR

1.375 to 1.875 RPC741-164-S02NR RPC541-154-P02NR1.875 to 2.062 RPC741-398-S02NR RPC541-390-P02NR2.062 to 2.250 RPC741-399-S02NR RPC541-391-P02NR

FOOTNOTES:1 For square flanged receptacle without

dust cap, change the middle three digitsof the catalog number from 014 to 127.Example: RPC221-127-S04AR-ARE23.

2 For square flanged receptacle with dustcap for panel mounting, delete the lastdigits of the catalog number specifying thebackbox. Example: RPC221-014-S04AR.


LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to firstsection of catalog number. Example:RPCLT321-160-S04AR.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS – � Stainless steel wire mesh grip – Toorder, add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section ofcatalog number. Example:RPCK321-160-S04AR.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1104



8P ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPE Control Circuit and Power ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals1

Raintight

CircuitDescription

ContactSize Amps

Volts(VAC)

ShellSize

HubSize


Motor PlugCat. #

POWER 1w, 1p 500MCM 500 600 033 11⁄2 RPE633-014-S24N-AJ57 RPE533-157-P24N

2 RPE633-014-S24N-AJ67

CONTROL 6w, 7p #12 20 480 017 3⁄4 RPE217-014-S06A-ARE23 RPE117-157-P06A1 RPE217-014-S06A-ARE33

7w, 7p #12 20 480 017 3⁄4 RPE217-014-S05N-ARE23 RPE117-157-P05N1 RPE217-014-S05N-ARE33


18w, 19p #12 20 250 021 3⁄4 RPE221-014-S08A-ARE23 RPE121-157-P08A1 RPE221-014-S08A-ARE33


38w, 39p #12 20 250 033 11⁄4 RPE233-014-S19A-ARE46 RPE133-157-P19A11⁄2 RPE233-014-S19A-ARE56

39w, 39p #12 20 250 033 11⁄4 RPE233-014-S17N-ARE46 RPE133-157-P17N11⁄2 RPE233-014-S17N-ARE56

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1105



8PARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPE Control Circuit and Power ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals

Raintight

CableDiameter Range


PlugCat. #4

1.375 to 1.625 RPE733-396-S24N RPE533-388-P24N1.625 to 1.875 RPE733-397-S24N RPE533-389-P24N

.250 to .625 RPE317-160-S06A RPE117-150-P06A

.625 to .875 RPE317-161-S06A RPE117-151-P06A

.250 to .625 RPE317-160-S05N RPE117-150-P05N

.625 to .875 RPE317-161-S05N RPE117-151-P05N

.250 to .625 RPE317-160-S07N RPE117-150-P07N

.625 to .875 RPE317-161-S07N RPE117-151-P07N

.625 to 1.000 RPE321-161-S08A RPE121-151-P08A1.000 to 1.187 RPE321-395-S08A RPE121-387-P08A

.625 to 1.000 RPE321-161-S09N RPE121-151-P09N1.000 to 1.187 RPE321-395-S09N RPE121-387-P09N

.875 to 1.375 RPE333-163-S19A RPE133-153-P19A1.375 to 1.625 RPE333-396-S19A RPE133-388-P19A

.875 to 1.375 RPE333-163-S17N RPE133-153-P17N1.375 to 1.625 RPE333-396-S17N RPE133-388-P17N


standard. Crimp contacts are optionallyavailable, add suffix T to catalog number.Example: RPE633-014-S24NT-AJ57.

2 For square flanged receptacle withoutdust cap, change the middle three digitsof the catalog number from 014 to 127.Example: RPE633-127-S24N-AJ57.

3 For square flanged receptacle with dustcap for panel mounting, delete the lastthree digits of the catalog numberspecifying the backbox. Example:RPE633-014-S24N.


LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to thefirst section of the catalog number.Example: RPELT733-396-S24N.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS –� Stainless steel wire mesh grip – Toorder, add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section of thecatalog number. Example:RPEK733-396-S24N.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1106



8P RPC and RPE ConnectorsAccessories

FOR #16 THROUGH #10CONTACTS:The RPE017-440 crimping tool has beendesigned to crimp a wide range of solid andstranded type conductors. The crimpinghead is adjusted and sealed at the factory.The tool automatically crimps and gauges allsize contacts without readjustment.

CONTACT REMOVALTOOLS:The contact removal tool extracts the contactfrom the insert assembly without completedisassembly of the connector.

RPE017-402T for use with #16 contacts.RPE017-403T for use with #12 contacts.RPE017-404T for use with #10 contacts.

DUST CAPS: For Receptacles

For RPC or RPE Series

Dust Cap w/Eyelet forReceptacle Cat. #RPE017-009RPE021-009RPE033-009RPE041-009

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1107



8PBack Boxes and AdaptersFor Mounting RPC and RPE SquareFlanged Receptacles

FS Back box

ARE Back box

AJ Back box

45° Angle adapter Flat adapter

Back Boxes AdaptersFS and FSC Shell Sizes of Square Flanged Receptacles

45° Angle FlatHubSize

FS†Cat. #

FSC†Cat. # 017 Cat. # 021 Cat. # 017 Cat. # 021 Cat. #

1⁄2 FS1-SA FSC1-SA3⁄4 FS2-SA FSC2-SA RPE017-156 RPE021-156 RPE017-141 RPE021-1421 FS3-SA FSC3-SA

ARE‡ Shell Sizes of Square Flanged ReceptaclesFlatHub

Size Cat. # Rating 017 Cat. # 021 Cat. # 033 Cat. # 041 Cat. #1⁄2 ARE133⁄4 ARE23 30A RPE017-143 RPE021-1441 ARE33

1 ARE3611⁄4 ARE46 60A RPE033-145 RPE041-14611⁄2 ARE56

AJ‡ Shell Sizes of Square Flanged ReceptaclesFlatHub

Size Cat. # Rating 033 Cat. # 041 Cat. #1 AJ37 60A11⁄4 AJ47 and RPE033-145 RPE041-14611⁄2 AJ57 100A2 AJ67

11⁄2 AJ582 AJ68 200A RPE041-14721⁄2 AJ78

† Any of the FS or FD single gang, two gang tandem or multiple gang boxes with individual cover openings may be used with theseadapters. For listings, dimensions and other details refer to Section 3F.

‡ Other AR and AJ back boxes may be used with these adapters. For listings, dimensions and other details refer to Section 1P.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1108



8P ARK-trol® Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsRPE Control Circuit and Power ConnectorsDimensions

Square Flanged ReceptacleShell Typeand Size b c d e f g217 1.375 1.317 2.165 1.562 .190 1.750221 1.750 1.692 2.165 2.000 .190 2.250233 2.375 2.317 2.165 2.625 .214 2.875241 2.813 2.817 2.165 3.187 .250 3.438633 2.375 2.317 2.915 2.625 .214 2.875641 2.813 2.817 2.915 3.187 .250 3.438

a Contact for AWG Wire.1875 #16, #12, #10.250 #4.375 1⁄0.500 4⁄0

Square Flanged Receptacle with Dust CapShell Typeand Size b c d e f g217 1.375 1.317 2.812 1.927 .190 1.750221 1.750 1.692 2.812 2.468 .190 2.250233 2.375 2.317 2.812 3.145 .214 2.875241 2.813 2.817 2.812 3.754 .250 3.438633 2.375 2.317 3.552 3.145 .214 2.875641 2.813 2.817 3.552 3.754 .250 3.438

NOTE: Dimension a – same as above

PlugShellTypeand Size a† b† c d117 5.033 4.133 1.270 1.921121 5.090 4.190 1.675 2.468133 6.093 5.193 2.295 3.140141 6.653 5.753 2.800 3.750533 6.843 5.193 2.295 3.140541 7.403 5.753 2.800 3.750


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1109



8PARK-trol® Electrical ConnectorsRPC Circuit Breaking Power ConnectorsRPE Control Circuit and Power ConnectorsDimensions

Cord Connector ReceptacleShell Typeand Size a† b† c d317 5.033 4.116 1.562 1.812321 5.090 4.173 1.885 2.300333 6.093 5.176 2.625 3.140341 6.653 5.736 3.187 3.730733 6.843 5.176 2.625 3.140741 7.403 5.736 3.187 3.730

Panel Mounting MethodsBack Mounting Front MountingShell

Size a d e b d e017 119⁄32 13⁄8 3⁄16 117⁄32 13⁄8 3⁄16

021 21⁄32 13⁄4 3⁄16 131⁄32 13⁄4 3⁄16

033 221⁄32 23⁄8 7⁄32 221⁄32 23⁄8 -7⁄32

041 37⁄32 213⁄16 1⁄4 35⁄32 213⁄16 1⁄4

Square flanged receptacle

AJ Back BoxesForm Size a b c d e f gC & D 3⁄4, 1, 11⁄4, 11⁄2 57⁄8 8 77⁄16 47⁄8 7 57⁄8 15°C & D 2 57⁄8 8 8 47⁄8 7 57⁄8 15°E 11⁄2, 2, 21⁄2 8 103⁄4 97⁄8 63⁄4 91⁄2 8 45°

ARE Back BoxesForm Size a b c d e f

hdia.

B 1⁄2 33⁄8 35⁄8 23⁄4 41⁄4 1 27⁄32 11⁄32

B 3⁄4 33⁄8 35⁄8 23⁄4 41⁄4 1 27⁄32 11⁄32

B 1 33⁄8 35⁄8 23⁄4 41⁄4 1 31⁄32 11⁄32

C 1 41⁄4 411⁄16 411⁄16 51⁄4 15⁄8 15⁄16 3⁄8C 11⁄4 41⁄4 411⁄16 411⁄16 51⁄4 15⁄8 1 3⁄8C 11⁄2 41⁄4 411⁄16 411⁄16 51⁄4 15⁄8 11⁄16 3⁄8

FS/FSC Boxes

SeriesHubSize a b c d1⁄2 7⁄8 5⁄8 17⁄8 111⁄16

FS 3⁄4 7⁄8 3⁄4 17⁄8 111⁄16

1 1 7⁄8 17⁄8 111⁄16


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1110



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1111



9PSpecial Purpose Ark-trol® Plugsand ReceptaclesHazardous


Application/Selection 1113

Delayed ActionRPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ Series 1114-1118

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1112



Notes Page

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1113



9PArk-trol® Electrical ConnectorsRPX ‘‘Time Slot’’ Delayed Action ConnectorsHazardous Locations

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D*ExplosionproofRaintightDimensions Page 1118

Application:RPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ delayed action connectorsare used:� in areas which are hazardous due to thepresence of gasoline or gases or vapors ofequivalent hazard (comparable to NEC ClassI, Group D), where construction and testprocedures are required to meet applicablesections of MIL-STD-810E� for connection of devices ranging fromsimple lighting units, power tools and similarportables requiring only a power circuit tosophisticated control and instrumentationassemblies requiring disconnect

Features:The same basic features, described in detailin Section 8P for RPC and RPE connectors,apply to RPX connectors as well and includethe following:� High-strength impact extruded aluminumshell parts� ‘‘Tri-Disc’’ insert assemblies� Contacts snap in after termination� Positive polarization� Interchangeability of inserts in each shellsize� Grounding contacts, where used, make firstand break last� The RPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ delayed action featureprevents complete withdrawal of the plug inone continuous movement, eliminating thepossibility of a circuit-breaking arc occurringin a hazardous area. Details of operation areshown in the illustrations below.

A. Turn plug clamping nut counterclockwise45° to unlock plug.

B. Pull to disengage pin and socketcontacts, breaking circuit while contacts arestill inside the receptacle. Any resultingelectrical arc is quenched within thereceptacle sockets.

* RPX series are suitable for hazardous areas due to thepresence of gasoline or other gases or vapors ofequivalent hazard (comparable to N.E.C. Class I, Group D),where construction and test procedures are required tomeet applicable sections of MIL-STD-810E.

C. Turn plug clamping nut an additional 45°counterclockwise to the release position, thereby effectingdelayed action.

D. Disengage plug and receptacle.

Standard Materials:� Back boxes and adapters – Feraloy® ironalloy� Plug, receptacle and cord connector shells– impact extruded aluminum� Insulation – diallyl phthalate (DAP)� Sealing wafer – silicone rubber� Contacts – hard drawn copper

Standard Finishes:� Feraloy – zinc electroplate and aluminumacrylic paint� Impact extruded aluminum – hard coatanodized� Diallylphthalate – natural (blue)� Silicone rubber – natural (grey)

Options:The following options available for RPC andRPE connectors are also applicable to RPXconnectors. For complete details see Section8P pages 1093 to 1094.� Alternate polarities – ungrounded andgrounded connectors� Crimp type contacts� Wire mesh cord grip

Electrical Rating Ranges:� 10, 20, 30 and 60 amperes� 50** to 400 hertz� 250, 480 and 600vac� See listings for specific ratings

Certifications andCompliances:� RPX delayed action connectors have thesame physical properties, characteristics andenvironmental capabilities of RPC and RPEconnectors listed in Section 8P. For detailedinformation on these properties, refer to page1094 of Section 8P.� In addition to these properties, the ‘‘Time-Slot’’ delayed action feature permitsdisconnect under full rated load with nopossibility of an exposed arc, thus meetingthe stringent requirements of MilitarySpecifications MIL-STD-810E

** For use on systems less than 60 hertz the receptacles,plugs and connectors are for disconnect use only.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1114



9P Special Purpose†; ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ Delayed Action ConnectorsWith Solder Well Terminals1, Hazardous Areas*


CircuitDescription

ContactSize Amps

Volts(VAC)

ShellSize

HubSize

Square Flanged Receptacle,Dust Cap and Back BoxCat. No. (For Surface Mounting)2

POWER20 AMPSGrounded 4w, 5p #12 20 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S09A-EDSC271

1 RPX217-914-S09A-EDSC371

Ungrounded 5w, 5p #12 20 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S08N-EDSC2711 RPX217-914-S08N-EDSC371

30 AMPSGrounded 2w, 3p #10 30 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S02A-EDSC271

1 RPX217-914-S02A-EDSC371

3w, 4p #10 30 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S04A-EDSC2711 RPX217-914-S04A-EDSC371


Ungrounded 3w, 3p #10 30 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S01N-EDSC2711 RPX217-914-S01N-EDSC371

4w, 4p #10 30 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S03N-EDSC2711 RPX217-914-S03N-EDSC371



* RPX series are suitable for hazardous areas due to the presence of gasoline or other gases or vapors of equivalent hazard (comparable toN.E.C. Class I, Group D), where construction and test procedures are required to meet applicable sections of MIL-E-5272C and MIL-E-4970A.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1115



9PSpecial Purpose†; ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ Delayed Action Connectors With SolderWell TerminalsHazardous Areas*


CableDiameter Range

CordConnectorCat. No.3

PlugCat. No.3

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S09A RPX117-150-P09A

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S09A RPX117-151-P09A

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S08N RPX117-150-P08N

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S08N RPX117-151-P08N

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S02A RPX117-150-P02A

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S02A RPX117-151-P02A

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S04A RPX117-150-P04A

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S04A RPX117-151-P04A

.625 to 1.000 RPX321-161-S17A RPX121-151-P17A1.000 to 1.187 RPX321-395-S17A RPX121-387-P17A

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S01N RPX117-150-P01N

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S01N RPX117-151-P01N

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S03N RPX117-150-P03N

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S03N RPX117-151-P03N

.625 to 1.000 RPX321-161-S16N RPX121-151-P16N1.000 to 1.187 RPX321-395-S16N RPX121-387-P16N

FOOTNOTES:1 Solder well terminals provided asstandard. Crimp contacts are optionallyavailable, add suffix T to catalog number.Example: RPX217-914-S09AT-EDSC271.

2 For square flanged receptacle withoutdust cap, change the middle three digits ofthe catalog number from 914 to 913.Example: RPX217-913-S09A-EDSC271.


LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to firstsection of catalog number. Example:RPXLT317-160-S09A.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS –� Stainless steel wire mesh grip – To order,add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section of catalognumber. Example: RPXK317-160-S09A.


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1116



9P Special Purpose†; ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ Delayed Action Connectors With SolderWell Terminals1Hazardous Areas*


CircuitDescription

ContactSize Amps

Volts(VAC)

ShellSize

HubSize

Square Flanged Receptacle,Dust Cap and Back BoxCat. No. (For SurfaceMounting)2

60 AMPSGrounded 3w, 4p #4 60 600 033 11⁄4 RPX233-914-S08A-CES42

4w, 5p #4 60 480 033 11⁄4 RPX233-914-S09A-CES42

Ungrounded 4w, 4p #4 60 600 033 11⁄4 RPX233-914-S05N-CES42

5w, 5p #4 60 480 033 11⁄4 RPX233-914-S06N-CES42

CONTROL 6w, 7p #12 20 480 017 3⁄4 RPX217-914-S06A-EDSC2711 RPX217-914-S06A-EDSC371




38w, 39p #12 20 250 033 11⁄4 RPX233-914-S19A-CES42

39w, 39p #12 20 250 033 11⁄4 RPX233-914-S17N-CES42


* RPX series are suitable for hazardous areas due to the presence of gasoline or other gases or vapors of equivalenthazard (comparable to N.E.C. Class I, Group D), where construction and test procedures are required to meet applicablesections of MIL-E-5272C and MIL-E-4970A.

2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1117



9PSpecial Purpose†; ARK-trol Electrical ConnectorsRPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ Delayed Action Connectors With SolderWell TerminalsHazardous Areas*

Cl. I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D*ExplosionproofRaintightDimensions page 1118

CableDiameter Range

CordConnectorCat. No.3

PlugCat. No.3

.875 to 1.375 RPX333-163-S08A RPX133-153-P08A1.375 to 1.625 RPX333-396-S08A RPX133-388-P08A1.625 to 1.875 RPX333-397-S08A RPX133-389-P08A

.875 to 1.375 RPX333-163-S09A RPX133-153-P09A1.375 to 1.625 RPX333-396-S09A RPX133-388-P09A1.625 to 1.875 RPX333-397-S09A RPX133-389-P09A

.875 to 1.375 RPX333-163-S05N RPX133-153-P05N1.375 to 1.625 RPX333-396-S05N RPX133-388-P05N1.625 to 1.875 RPX333-397-S05N RPX133-389-P05N

.875 to 1.375 RPX333-163-S06N RPX133-153-P06N1.375 to 1.625 RPX333-396-S06N RPX133-388-P06N1.625 to 1.875 RPX333-397-S06N RPX133-389-P06N

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S06A RPX117-150-P06A

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S06A RPX117-151-P06A

.250 to .625 RPX317-160-S05N RPX117-150-P05N

.625 to .875 RPX317-161-S05N RPX117-151-P05N





FOOTNOTES:1 Solder well terminals provided asstandard. Crimp contacts are optionallyavailable, add suffix T to catalog number.Example: RPX217-914-S09AT-EDSC271.

2 For square flanged receptacle withoutdust cap, change the middle three digits ofthe catalog number from 914 to 913.Example: RPX217-913-S09A-EDSC271.


LIQUIDTIGHT/CONDUIT ADAPTER – Toorder with adapter, add letters ‘‘LT’’ to firstsection of catalog number. Example:RPXLT317-160-S09A.

ADDITIONAL CABLE STRAIN RELIEFOPTIONS –� Stainless steel wire mesh grip – To order,add letter ‘‘K’’ to first section of catalognumber. Example: RPXK317-160-S09A.


2: 5: 50: 95: 98: 100:



1118



9P ARK-trol® Electrical ConnectorsRPX ‘‘Time-Slot’’ Delayed ActionConnectors

Dimensions

RPX Cord Connector Receptacle CES42�

Cord Connector Receptacle CES42�ShellTypeand Size a‡ b‡ c d Size a b c d e f

hdia. j k

317 5.033 4.116 1.560 1.812 11⁄4 51⁄4 51⁄4 311⁄16 43⁄8 7⁄16 51⁄4 7⁄16 11⁄8 27⁄8321 5.090 4.173 2.000 2.300333 6.093 5.176 2.625 3.140

RPX Plug RPX Connectors SquareFlanged Receptacle with Dust Cap

Back Boxes

†

RPX Plug RPX Connectors Square Back BoxesFlanged Receptacle with Dust Cap

Shell ShellType Typeand Size a‡ b‡ c d and Size a b c d Cat. No. h l117 5.033 4.133 1.270 1.921 217 .190 1.375 1.317 1.750 EDSC271 7⁄8 13⁄16

121 5.090 4.190 1.675 2.468 221 .190 1.750 1.692 2.250 EDSC371 1 15⁄16

133 6.093 5.193 2.295 3.140 233 .214 2.375 2.317 2.875

† Dimension ‘‘f’’; 0.1875 for #16, #12 and #10 contacts0.250 for #4 contacts

‡ These dimensions are approximate and vary with cable size.

� CES42 takes 60 ampere receptacle housings.

SYS19: BASE2 JOB: Name: P-959 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: …before removal of the plug, circuit...

Documents

Transcript of SYS19: BASE2 JOB: Name: P-959 DATE: JAN 19 2006 Time: …before removal of the plug, circuit...